10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ý ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

OR

¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number: 001-35904

Cyan, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	20-5862569
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

1383 N. McDowell Blvd., Suite 300

Petaluma, California 94954

(Address of Principal Executive Offices including Zip Code)

(707) 735-2300

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class	Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, $0.0001 Par Value	New York Stock Exchange

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by a check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  ý

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  ý

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ý    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ý    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer	¨	Accelerated filer	¨
Non-accelerated filer	ý	Smaller reporting company	¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  ý

The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $268.7 million as of June 30, 2013 which is the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, based upon the closing sale price on The New York Stock Exchange reported for such date. Shares of common stock held by each officer and director and by each person that owned 5 percent or more of the Registrants outstanding Common Stock were excluded due to the fact that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

There were 46,764,987 shares of the registrant’s common stock issued and outstanding as of March 18, 2014.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement relating to its 2014 annual meeting of stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K where indicated. 

Table of Contents

		Page
Part I.
Item 1.	Business	1
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	15
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	33
Item 2.	Properties	33
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	33
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	33
Part II.
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	34
Item 6.	Selected Consolidated Financial Data	36
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	38
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	56
Item 8.	Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	57
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	83
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	83
Item 9B.	Other Information	83
Part III.
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	83
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	83
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	83
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	83
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	83
Part IV.
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	84
	Signatures	85

FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” (“MD&A”) in Item 7, contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions. Forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K include, but are not limited to, statements about:

• our future financial performance, including our expectations regarding our revenue, cost of revenue, gross profit or gross margin, operating expenses, ability to generate cash flow, and ability to achieve, and maintain, future profitability;

• anticipated trends, growth rates and challenges in our business and in the markets in which we operate;

• market acceptance of our Blue Planet solution and its effect on our product mix and financials;

• the impact of seasonality on our business;

• our anticipated growth and growth strategies and our ability to effectively manage that growth;

• maintaining and expanding our customer base and our relationships with our channel partners;

• our ability to anticipate market needs and develop new and enhanced products and services to meet those needs, and our ability to successfully monetize them;

• our ability to hire necessary qualified employees to expand our operations;

• our reliance on our third-party manufacturers and component suppliers;

• the evolution of technology affecting our products, services and markets;

• our ability to adequately protect our intellectual property;

• our liquidity and working capital requirements;

• our spending of the net proceeds from this offering;

• our ability to stay abreast of new or modified laws and regulations that currently apply or become applicable to our business both in the United States and internationally;

• the estimates and estimate methodologies used in preparing our consolidated financial statements and determining option exercise prices;

• the future trading prices of our common stock and the impact of securities analysts’ reports on these prices; and

• our ability to sell our products and expand internationally.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, operating results and growth prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.

1

Part I.

Item 1. Business

Overview

We have pioneered innovative, carrier-grade networking solutions that transform disparate and inefficient legacy networks into open, high-performance networks. Our solutions include high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms as well as a carrier-grade software-defined networking platform and applications. Our solutions enable network operators to virtualize their networks, accelerate service delivery and increase scalability and performance, while reducing costs. We have designed our solutions to provide a variety of existing and emerging premium applications, including business Ethernet, wireless backhaul, broadband backhaul and cloud connectivity. By deploying our solutions, network operators can transform legacy networks into open, multi-vendor, carrier-grade software-defined networks, or SDNs. Our solutions not only reduce network operators’ ongoing capital and operating expenses, but also enable their networks to more flexibly support rapidly changing service requirements and new business models.

Network operators, which include service providers as well as others with similar network requirements, are facing immense pressure on their existing networks and business models. New applications and communications trends are driving tremendous growth in bandwidth demand, resulting in increased service requirements as well as dramatic shifts in overall network traffic patterns. At the same time, competition from traditional vendors as well as new market entrants is limiting service providers’ ability to sustain and grow revenue. As a result, service providers must upgrade their networks, and in particular their regional and metro or “middle mile” networks, both to handle the exponential scaling challenges driven by these trends as well as to profitably deliver the growing breadth of premium services demanded by their subscribers. Other network operators are also facing these scalability requirements while seeking to deliver new applications that improve the productivity and efficiency of their businesses. We designed our solutions to enable network operators to address these challenges while scaling their networks and services efficiently.

We provide comprehensive solutions consisting of our family of Z-Series high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms, our Blue Planet carrier-grade SDN orchestration platform and applications and a range of professional services. Our Z-Series family of products has been designed to support the multiple concurrent technologies used in regional and metro networks, including both Ethernet-based services as well as optical services. Our Z-Series platforms are architected to transport traffic over the most efficient network layer, utilizing both electrical and optical domains, to enable network operators to maximize network capacity at the lowest cost per bit. Our solutions are designed to support a variety of use cases from traffic aggregation at the network edge to multi-terabit switching optimized for handoff at the network core.

The second element of our solution is our Blue Planet platform that we introduced in December 2012. Our Blue Planet platform is a carrier-grade software-defined networking solution purpose-built to address network operator requirements. Blue Planet is the latest implementation of our network virtualization and management software that we first introduced in 2009 to work in combination with our high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms. Blue Planet is designed to simplify the development, deployment and orchestration of scalable communications and business applications over high-performance networks. Blue Planet is designed to enable our customers to make more efficient use of existing network assets, cost-effectively expand network capacity and significantly accelerate the delivery of premium, revenue-generating services to their customers. By deploying Blue Planet, our customers can also provide their subscribers with network-as-a-service, or NaaS, allowing for real-time tailoring and customization of their network architecture and services to meet their end-customers’ specific needs.

We were founded in October 2006 to simplify network operations and accelerate innovation through a centralized, open, multi-vendor, software orchestration model. We launched our first Z-Series platform in September 2009. Since then, we have led emerging, carrier-grade SDN initiatives in the industry through our development of open, multi-vendor and multi-layer planning, management and verification software. In April 2010, we launched one of the first multi-layer network management solutions. In December 2012, we launched Blue Planet, our carrier-grade SDN platform that is designed to allow network operators of all types to virtualize their networks and simplify the development, deployment and orchestration of scalable communications and business applications over high-performance networks.

Our customers range from service providers to high-performance data center and large, private network operators. We target our customers through our direct sales force and through channel partners. Our solutions have been deployed primarily across North America as well as in Asia and Europe by over 150 customers.

2

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware on October 25, 2006 under the name Cyan Optics, Inc. and we changed our name to Cyan, Inc. on November 9, 2011. Our principal executive offices are located at 1383 N. McDowell Blvd., Suite 300, Petaluma, California 94954, and our telephone number is (707) 735-2300. Our website is www.cyaninc.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

Copies of annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to these reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) are available, free of charge, on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with or furnish it to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The SEC also maintains a website that contains our SEC filings. The address of the site is www.sec.gov.

Industry Background

Service providers are facing an imperative for significant network and business model transformation. Despite growing demand for bandwidth and expanded service offerings, service provider revenue has remained relatively flat, mainly due to competitive pressures. Accordingly, service providers are increasingly challenged to provide their services in a cost-effective manner and to deliver new services that drive additional revenue streams. In addition, the service provider business model is changing from one of deploying fixed bandwidth to one of dynamically provisioning services. However, due to the proprietary and inflexible nature of existing networks and infrastructure, dynamically provisioning services and managing these networks and infrastructure has become cost-prohibitive. This is especially true in regional and metro networks. In addition, other network operators are also facing these scalability requirements while seeking to deliver new applications that improve the productivity and efficiency of their businesses.

Regional and metro networks sit between core networks-the networks that provide national connectivity-and access networks-the networks that provide the connection point to fixed and mobile business and consumer users. Regional and metro networks distribute the traffic from the core to the access networks and back, thereby enabling the end-to-end communications that connect content and applications to the enterprises and consumers who use them. These networks also typically serve as critical aggregation points, aggregating traffic for transport to other regional and metro networks via core networks.

Traditional regional and metro network architectures were built over decades, and were typically designed to deliver voice and legacy data services, such as frame relay, to business and residential subscribers that were primarily local or proximate to the specific regional or metro network. As services were added or offerings were scaled to serve more subscribers, network operators typically built, operated and managed segregated networks running in parallel. Network operators have historically used a variety of technologies to deliver reliable service at scale, including Ethernet as well as legacy optical technologies such as fixed DWDM and SONET/SDH, which has added to the complex and disparate nature of these legacy regional and metro networks. Given the limitations of legacy optical technology and network design practices, these dedicated and disparate networks are struggling to accommodate the explosion of services with high-bandwidth or strict service level agreement, or SLA, requirements.

Technology Shifts are Pressuring Network Operators to Increase Bandwidth and Enhance Performance

Today’s networks require dramatic transformation to meet the service demands driven by significant technology shifts, including:

• Proliferation of Mobile Devices.Users of all types are increasingly connecting to networks through powerful mobile devices ranging from smartphones to tablets.

• Rapid Adoption of Bandwidth-Intensive Applications.Innovation in consumer and enterprise applications has driven rapid adoption and increases in time spent online, both in mobile and fixed environments. Moreover, these new types of applications, such as video, social media, gaming and enterprise software-as-a-service, are increasingly bandwidth intensive and latency sensitive.

• Growth in Cloud Computing.Enterprises and consumers are rapidly adopting cloud-based technologies to host an increasing number of applications, store their data and leverage on-demand computing resources.

At the same time, the nature of data traffic has transformed from static, point-to-point, fixed connections to dynamically provisioned networks offering an array of new services. As a result, network operators are being forced to upgrade their networks to profitably deliver these premium services as well as to handle the increased demands of their end-customers, which include higher throughput and utilization, better performance and increased provisioning speed in order to deliver high-quality services cost-effectively.

3

Ethernet has Emerged as the Dominant Network Protocol

As network operators have sought to meet the demand for greater bandwidth and deliver a variety of services at lower costs, their networks increasingly have come under stress. To address these pressures, they have increasingly looked to deploy Ethernet-based technologies. Ethernet standards have evolved significantly and now support carrier-grade public network requirements. Moreover, Ethernet now supports high-bandwidth, carrier-grade environments at a significantly lower price per bit than traditional technologies. As subscribers have also been rapidly adopting Ethernet, transitioning to packet-based architectures affords network operators greater flexibility and efficiency in service delivery. As a result, we believe that network operators will shift more of their capital budgets towards purchasing Ethernet-based solutions.

Regional and Metro Networks Are Increasingly Critical to Network Operators’ Abilities to Scale and Provide Enhanced Services

As the demands on networks increase, regional and metro networks are becoming increasingly critical to network operators’ abilities to scale network capacity as well as aggregate, deliver and manage required services and content efficiently. Additionally, network operators are now seeking to offer new premium services with guaranteed service levels, as opposed to relying on traditional best-efforts service delivery models. Network operators desire to offer premium services for the following applications:

• Business Ethernet.    Providing scalable bandwidth and flexible Ethernet services to support business applications with high service level requirements.

• Cloud Connectivity.    Offering direct, high-speed links to cloud-based services and between data centers.

• Broadband Backhaul.    Transporting traffic for advanced services such as video between the core network and subscribers.

• Wireless Backhaul.    Providing high-capacity transport services at strict service levels optimized for cellular networks.

• Wholesale Transport.    Offering backbone infrastructure to deliver scalable services at low latency under high service levels.

• Private Networks.    The ability to implement IP, Ethernet and optical-based private networks for secure and dedicated bandwidth services.

Legacy Approaches are Inadequate to Address Network Growth and Performance Requirements

Regional and metro networks are highly capital intensive to build, operate and maintain. Historically, network operators have upgraded capacity only as technology and subscriber demands on their networks have changed. Although network operators must increase the scale of their complex networks to accommodate the increased demand for packet-based services, they must also maintain legacy services for subscribers over their existing networks. Legacy approaches to augmenting regional and metro networks suffer from multiple challenges, including limitations on scalability, performance, flexibility and ability to provision new services efficiently and cost-effectively. These legacy approaches include:

• Adding Dedicated Networks.    The historical practice of adding new dedicated and often disparate overlay networks has failed to cost-effectively scale. Deploying disparate overlay networks with hardware and software infrastructure from multiple vendors increases the operational and management complexity and expense associated with operating these networks. Moreover, the capital expense associated with scaling services to other areas of the network is burdensome.

• Deploying Router-Based Products.    Routers have historically been deployed to forward traffic between network connections leveraging a variety of physical mediums and protocols. A router essentially processes every packet that it forwards using commonly available computer processors. Although innovation in router technology has improved processing performance over time, the approach of adding more routers to address continually increasing capacity requirements remains cost-prohibitive. Despite improvements in technology, it is impractical to scale a router-based architecture to address these increasing network requirements, such as 10 gigabit-per-second, or 10G, and 100 gigabit-per-second, or 100G, environments. While routers are required at select network locations, they would be cost-prohibitive to deploy throughout regional and metro transport networks.

4

• Modifying Existing Operations Support Systems.    Core operations support systems, or OSS, were designed decades ago to support routine administrative tasks associated with network operations. They interact poorly with modern software systems, are not designed to address the higher level network planning, management and coordination functions necessary in today’s networks and do not provide holistic visibility over the entire network. Traditionally, network operators have implemented a patchwork of disparate software systems that run on top of legacy OSS systems to augment their functionality. This creates difficulties coordinating between systems or network layers, increases maintenance costs and slows the provisioning of new services.

Need for Network Transformation

We believe that the legacy approaches to designing regional and metro networks are inadequate to effectively handle next-generation service demands. Network operators require a new approach to drive network transformation, including new levels of scalability and service flexibility, while reducing their ongoing capital and operating expenses. They are seeking an open architecture that is conducive to deploying multi-vendor, best-of-breed networks and to supporting future innovations while enhancing network efficiency and performance. Moreover, to remain competitive, network operators need to evolve their networks to support higher-bandwidth requirements, introduce new revenue-generating, premium services and manage network traffic at the optimal layer in a low-latency, cost-optimized way using both the optical and Ethernet layers. Accordingly, we believe that network operators require new approaches to both their software and infrastructure to achieve network transformation.

• Software Transformation.    To virtualize their networks and realize the promise of NaaS, network operators must deploy SDNs. SDNs simplify networks and create a more open environment by removing proprietary control planes from legacy network elements and replacing them with a network control plane using protocols such as OpenFlow to orchestrate connections and services over cost-optimized, multi-vendor networks. Utilizing an SDN approach would enable network operators to customize and differentiate their networks and would allow for the development of third-party applications.

Similar to the changes brought about by server virtualization in which IT managers can decouple applications and their environments from the underlying hardware, introducing greater levels of freedom and flexibility in the data center environment, SDNs decouple network logic and policies from the underlying switching hardware, bringing new flexibility into the wide-area networking environment. Network operators that virtualize their networks can partition subsets of their network resources to present a custom network to each enterprise customer, enabling the activation, control and provisioning of services on demand.

• Infrastructure Transformation.    Given the heterogeneous characteristics of regional and metro networks, network operators should embrace multi-layer platforms that provide embedded switching capabilities. These platforms would enable a more flexible network architecture, reducing the dependency on legacy technologies, such as routers, that do not scale cost-effectively. An optimal approach would leverage packet and optical technologies to transport and deliver network traffic over the most appropriate layer, thereby maximizing network capacity and minimizing the cost per bit of traffic.

Network operators need a new approach that incorporates the benefits of software-defined networking and multi-layer switching platforms. We believe that this transformation of network architecture would provide network operators with improved flexibility, increased scalability and performance, accelerated time to value from new services, delivery of a broad range of applications and lower total cost of ownership through decreased capital expenditure and operating expenses.

We believe that an innovative solution which meets capital budget constraints for both green field deployments and existing network environments is imperative. We also believe that this type of solution would enable network operators to address a range of network upgrades associated with spending typically earmarked for products and markets including Ethernet services edge routing, access aggregation, metro WDM, multi-service provisioning platforms and packet-optical equipment. We believe that our solutions address a substantial portion of these aggregated markets.

Our Solution

We have pioneered innovative, carrier-grade networking solutions that transform disparate and inefficient legacy networks into open, high-performance networks. Our solutions include high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms, as well as a carrier-grade software-defined networking platform and applications.

5

We provide comprehensive solutions consisting of our family of Z-Series high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms, our Blue Planet carrier-grade SDN orchestration platform and applications and a range of professional services. Our Z-Series family of products has been designed to support the multiple concurrent technologies used in regional and metro networks, including both Ethernet-based services as well as optical services. Our Z-Series platforms are architected to transport traffic over the most efficient network layer, utilizing both electrical and optical domains, to enable network operators to maximize network capacity at the lowest cost per bit. Our solutions are designed to support a variety of use cases from traffic aggregation at the network edge to multi-terabit switching optimized for handoff at the network core.

Customers may choose to deploy Blue Planet either on a standalone basis or integrated with our Z-Series platforms. By deploying our solutions, network operators can realize the following benefits:

• Deliver Virtual Networks.    Our solutions enable our customers to activate, control and modify network services through our centralized, software control plane. By deploying our Blue Planet platform, network operators can present a custom network to each enterprise customer and rapidly offer services based on packet, OTN and WSS-based wavelength aggregation and switching technologies. Additionally, our approach embraces a multi-vendor environment by integrating with third-party network devices and centralizing the visualization and management of the disparate network elements. Our solutions also integrate with open protocols, such as OpenStack, to enable end-to-end virtualization of networks including data center interconnect.

• Enhance Flexibility and Support Open Architectures.    Our multi-layer solutions give network operators the flexibility to support a changing service mix and the ability to evolve their networks to a packet-based approach at their own pace. For example, our Z-Series platforms are modular and support any combination of Ethernet and legacy optical services that can be swapped or added at any time. Our solutions were designed for network-wide deployment and support a variety of use cases from aggregation at the network edge to multi-terabit platforms optimized for handoff at the network core. Our solutions have open APIs that our customers can use to develop custom business applications or integrate with third-party applications.

• Increase Capacity and Scalability.Our solutions are designed to scale in a distributed and highly available manner to manage large networks of thousands of network elements supporting tens of thousands of services. Moreover, our Z-Series family of high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms increase network capacity and optimize cost per bit by tailoring traffic transport to the appropriate network layer, leveraging both electrical and optical domains. Because aggregation may be performed at one layer and multiplexing and transport at others, networks that incorporate our solutions require fewer router ports and offer lower latency than legacy approaches. Additionally, our purpose-built Z-Series platforms support high-capacity networks using industry standard components, facilitating backplane and switch fabric interconnect rates in excess of 100G per line card slot, enabling an easy migration to future 40G and 100G Ethernet services.

• Accelerate Time to Value.    Our Blue Planet platform includes advanced network and service planning applications, enabling network operators to design multi-layer networks quickly and cost-effectively. Advanced algorithms and an intuitive user interface simplify and accelerate the network planning process. Advanced three-dimensional visualization tools combined with network virtualization technology enable on-demand provisioning and deployment of customized services to subscribers. Additionally, our carrier-grade SDN approach enables network operators to access network peripherals and functions remotely, thereby allowing them to rapidly extend the delivery of new services throughout their networks. Because network operators can deploy our software independently from our Z-Series platforms, we can offer valuable network operations services to our customers on an expedited basis.

• Enhance Performance and Intelligence.    Our Blue Planet platform includes real-time and historical analytics to track network performance and assist in capacity planning. This intelligence is available through a centralized service portal that our customers can utilize, and through which they can provide secure access to their customers in order to provide a differentiated service offering. This service portal not only provides the ability to verify compliance of SLAs and a variety of other metrics, but can also be configured to allow end-user bandwidth changes for the contracted service and automatically provide this data to billing systems via APIs. Network operators and their end-customers can use Blue Planet extensively to troubleshoot network performance issues, monitor and report on network SLAs and make better business planning decisions.

• Offer a Broad Range of Premium Applications.    Our solutions enable network operators to offer a wide range of applications in their regional and metro networks. Blue Planet enables network operators to deliver differentiated Ethernet services that enhance their end-customers’ experiences, allowing network operators to derive additional sources of revenue. For example, our customers frequently offer business Ethernet, wireless backhaul, broadband backhaul, cloud connectivity and wholesale transport. Our solution simplifies and accelerates the delivery of these services for all types of customers, including multinational, regional, wholesale and retail service providers. Moreover, Blue Planet allows network operators to either develop their own custom applications, utilize our applications or seamlessly integrate third-party applications.

6

• Scale Networks Cost-Effectively.Our solutions enable network operators to reduce capital and operating expenses by minimizing the need for disparate legacy networks and related software. Moreover, our Z-Series platforms reduce the need for unnecessary routers and optimize cost per bit by transporting traffic over the appropriate network layer according to the needs of the application. Our platforms leverage industry standard components and are designed to be controlled by software, thereby reducing capital expenditures associated with deploying as well as operating expenses associated with monitoring and maintaining our products. The modular design of our solutions further reduces costs by enabling our customers to add services and functionality on a pay-as-you-grow basis as well as by limiting field technician dispatches. Our Blue Planet platform with flexible hosting models, including private, public and hybrid cloud options, significantly reduces costs and administrative burdens associated with network management, software updates, SLA monitoring and network planning. Additionally, our multi-layer approach to networks enhances long-term capital efficiency and reduces operating expenses by enabling our customers to migrate to packet-based networks over time.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to establish our position as a leading provider of open, multi-vendor, carrier-grade networking solutions. The key elements of our strategy include:

• Extend Our Technology Leadership in High-Performance, Carrier-Grade Networking.    Our carrier-grade SDN solution is purpose-built for high-performance network requirements. We intend to leverage our technology leadership position by continuing to define the market requirements for carrier-grade SDNs and high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport solutions. We also plan to continue to invest in sales and marketing resources to raise awareness of the full benefits of virtualizing high-performance networks. A key element of this strategy is to continue to develop innovative Blue Planet applications, as well as leverage third-party application development through our open APIs.

• Develop Innovative Products and Technology.    We plan to continue to introduce new software and hardware products that enable our customers to more effectively offer new services and increase their profitability. For example, we are developing new applications that enhance the value of our Blue Planet platform as well as new line cards that augment our Z-Series platforms for new use cases. Our strong relationships with our customers provide us with valuable insights into deployment demands, market trends and end-user needs. We plan to leverage these relationships and insights to continue to develop and enhance our solutions.

• Expand Our Service Provider Customer Base.    Because our approach enables service providers to improve the return on their existing networks while transitioning to packet-based networks over time, we target customers through multiple initial deployment opportunities. We have found that our solutions are well suited to deployments that involve green field network projects as well as helping our customers replace or evolve legacy architectures. We recently launched our Blue Planet platform that can be purchased with or without deploying our Z-Series platforms, thus enabling network operators to deploy our network operations services quickly and efficiently in legacy networks. We intend to target new service provider customers by continuing to invest in our sales force, field operations and support functions as well as by deepening our engagement with our current partners and establishing relationships with new channel partners.

• Sell Additional Solutions to Existing Customers.    We intend to sell additional solutions to our growing installed base of existing customers. Our customers have historically purchased our solutions using an incremental approach that begins with a targeted product purchase to address specific services or portions of their networks and expands to additional product purchases as they experience the benefits of our solutions. Our solutions are well suited for a pay-as-you-grow approach. We intend to continue investing in our existing customer relationships to drive the adoption of additional products as our customers scale and evolve their network services over time.

• Extend Our Presence in New Geographies.    We believe that international markets represent a significant growth opportunity for us. As of December 31, 2013, we had over 150 customers, primarily in North America. We have found that establishing relationships with recognized network operators in a new region enables us to win new business at other additional potential customers in the region more rapidly and at a lower acquisition cost. In Asia, Europe and South America, we plan to leverage our relationships with our existing customers to enhance our brand recognition and broaden deployment by other customers in the region. Additionally, we have or are in the process of engaging channel partners in various regions outside of the United States, and we are growing our channel partner network as we continue our growth and international expansion.

7

• Expand in Emerging Customer Verticals.    We have initially targeted our solutions to traditional service providers, such as local access service providers and regional transport providers. We plan to target emerging customer verticals with use cases well suited to the benefits of our solutions, including large data center networks, governments, cable MSOs as well as enterprises that build and operate large, private networks.

Our Technology

The key strength of our solutions is the integration of our various packet, optical and software technologies across our range of products. Since our founding in October 2006, we have focused our efforts on developing solutions based on a centralized, open, multi-vendor software orchestration model. Our hardware solutions are comprised of the integration of commercially available network components into a robust packet-optical, high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platform. Our software has been designed to provide our customers with the benefits of our solutions regardless of whether deployed in conjunction with our hardware platforms or with third-party hardware platforms. The differentiating elements of our proprietary technology include:

• Scalability.    While 10G Ethernet services are the dominant interface of choice in most current networks elements, 100G Ethernet is rapidly evolving and projected to be an increasingly dominant service interface over the next several years. Our Z-Series family of high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms provide for scalability and density, supporting well over 100G per card slot and hundreds of gigabits to terabits of non-blocking platform capacity. Our Z-Series platforms support 100G of card-to-card interconnectivity through ultra-high-capacity backplanes and switch fabrics providing a simple migration path to 100G Ethernet services support. This non-blocking 100G grooming capability, combined with DWDM line cards, supports a mix of 10G and 100G wavelength services and provides a robust foundation to scale future services. Leveraging our Z-Series architectural scalability and software capabilities, Ethernet services of up to 100G are supported on current line cards, while the ability to support up to 200G of protected service capacity per line card slot will enable a seamless migration to 40G and 100G Ethernet line cards as those technologies become more broadly adopted. In addition, certain features and functionalities, including capacity upgrades, can be enabled remotely through our provisioning software.

• Multi-Layer Technology.    Our Z-Series platforms, as controlled by our orchestration software, direct network traffic across the most appropriate and efficient network layer, including both electrical and optical paths. Our regional and metro network solutions encompass the Ethernet service layer, and other transport layers including connection-oriented Ethernet, SONET, SDH, G.709 OTN and wavelength transport technologies. Our Z-Series platforms facilitate the transition from legacy time-division multiplexing, or TDM, to packet and/or DWDM. Our Z-Series platforms support a complete range of transport requirements across aggregation, transit and hub locations.

• Open Software Development Process.    We have designed our technology to integrate with legacy networks and third-party vendor network infrastructure. The capabilities of our platforms allow our customers to continue to leverage their legacy network investments while migrating to more software-oriented, packet-based networks at their own pace. Additionally, our technology can be integrated into regional and metro networks currently utilizing decades-old OSS and provide our customers with a bridge to migrate from these antiquated systems to our Blue Planet and Z-Series solutions. Additionally, our open APIs allow our customers to custom build their own applications or integrate third-party applications, thereby diversifying the services they can offer and allowing our customers to tailor services to the specific needs of their end-user customers.

• Abstraction and Visualization.    Through the abstraction and centralization of network control software, our technology allows network planning and control decisions to be made with full knowledge of all available network resources and all contractually committed services. These attributes also enable the virtualization of the network for NaaS and other dynamic service capabilities. High-performance networks are comprised of multiple technologies and a number of logical layers which include fibers, DWDM wavelengths, TDM and packet transport technologies and services. We have developed technology that allows for an integrated view and software control of these network elements with unique three-dimensional network visualization. Our software provides end-to-end visibility and control over how circuits and services are groomed and routed as well as the ability to visualize the data path across the nodes, shelves, line cards and optical fibers across the different transport layers of the network. The visibility provided by our software increases the efficiency of network configurations and reduces errors when making additions or changes to the network.

8

Products and Solutions

We provide comprehensive solutions consisting of our family of Z-Series high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms, our Blue Planet carrier-grade SDN orchestration platform and applications and a range of professional services. Network operators can use our software solutions either on a standalone basis or integrated with our hardware solutions, to realize the benefits of our solutions and enable multi-vendor, best-of-breed networks.

We launched our first Z-Series platform in September 2009. Since then, we have led emerging SDN initiatives in the industry through our development of open, multi-vendor, multi-layer planning, management and verification software. In April 2010, we announced one of the industry’s first multi-layer network management solutions. Building on our continued expansion of our software offerings over time, in December 2012, we launched Blue Planet, a carrier-grade SDN platform for regional and metro networks that allows network operators of all types to virtualize networks and simplify the development, deployment and orchestration of scalable communications and business applications over high-performance networks.

Cyan Z-Series

Our Z-Series family of high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms is comprised of three different chassis that support interchangeable Z-Series line cards that network operators can deploy to allow for scalable solutions from the access edge of the network, across the metro and regional network to the core of the network. Each Z-Series platform is comprised of a chassis that supports a variety of interchangeable line cards to provide a wide range of applications for Ethernet services, TDM or wavelength aggregation, signal grooming and transport services. Our Z-Series platforms integrate with our software, including Blue Planet and our predecessor multi-layer network management solutions, to provide network operators with a range of software solutions.

Our Z-Series platforms are scalable with a backplane and switch fabric design that supports over 100G per line card slot. 100G services can be deployed across our Z-Series platforms via line cards and, in certain cases, software upgrades. Our Z-Series line cards can be software upgraded remotely for future features and functionality. We enable this functionality through our Blue Planet software and associated Z-Series software upgrades without the need for costly field technician deployment. The Z-Series platforms range in size and capability from the Z22 to the Z77, allowing our Z-Series products to be deployed from the edge to the core of the network as well as in high-performance networks of varying size and capacity. We also offer our Cyan Z-Series L-AMP, which is a fully self-contained line card that is a bi-directional mid-span optical amplifier/repeater. We currently offer approximately 25 different line cards that provide varying functionality to our Z-Series chassis, each of which can be utilized in all of our Z-Series chassis.

Our Z-Series platforms provide a level of integration that exceeds that available from legacy platforms. For example, a single Z-Series platform natively supports the transportation of packet, TDM and wavelength services with the option of supporting a reconfigurable optical add/drop multiplexer. The solution also supports the functionality and scale of Ethernet transport switches with connection oriented Ethernet transport standards and Metro Ethernet Forum-based services. The Z-Series platforms can be remotely provisioned using our Blue Planet operations app, which provides multi-layer, three-dimensional network visualization, simplifies provisioning and provides ongoing operations support for improved operational performance.

Certain features of our Z-Series platforms can be activated remotely utilizing Blue Planet or our previous network management solutions. For example, many of our Z-Series platforms contain multiple functionalities, some of which may not initially be utilized by our customers. Once a customer decides to implement these capabilities, they can be enabled through Blue Planet.

Cyan Blue Planet

Cyan Blue Planet is a carrier-grade software-defined networking platform that provides network virtualization and service-enabling applications, including networks and service planning, operations and monitoring. This carrier-grade SDN platform includes a core management platform and a range of applications to meet diverse requirements of network virtualization and control across the multiple layers of regional, metro and data center networks. Blue Planet allows network operators to virtualize their networks, make more efficient use of their network assets and accelerate delivery of services to their customers. The Blue Planet platform and apps provide our customers with visibility and centralized control over disparate network elements.

Blue Planet is the latest implementation of the network virtualization and management software that we first introduced in 2009 to work in combination with our Z-Series platforms. Blue Planet is available to customers using our Z-Series platforms as well as customers desiring to control networks that do not have any of our hardware deployed.

9

The Blue Planet software platform is comprised of three fundamental elements: a core operating system, or SDN orchestration layer; applications which provide the interface for and delivery of specific services, referred to as apps; and element adapters that allow customers using Blue Planet to control Cyan Z-Series platforms and to monitor and/or control a range of third-party network elements in their networks.

The core of Blue Planet is a carrier-grade SDN orchestration platform, which includes an operating system, a hypervisor, a messaging system, middleware and a web portal, all running on a scalable, distributed, computing environment. Blue Planet provides an open architecture with advanced clustering and database management to meet performance and availability requirements.

Blue Planet offers the capability to deploy an array of apps, including both our own Blue Planet apps, as well as apps built by third-party developers or our customers themselves, to monitor and control underlying network infrastructure and plan, manage, and verify networks and services. Blue Planet allows apps to interact not only with OpenFlow compliant network devices, but also with legacy devices deployed prior to the development of carrier-grade SDN, thereby providing our customers with added flexibility in network deployment. By allowing our customers to deploy their own apps or third-party apps on Blue Planet, we allow our customers to provide their own unique set of value-added service offerings.

We currently offer the following apps:

• Planet Design.    As networks continue to expand in size, scope, and technological complexity, the process of planning new deployments, or expanding existing networks, becomes increasingly difficult. The Planet Design application allows network operators to design networks more quickly and cost-effectively, accelerating the deployment of new services.

• Planet Operate. Wide area networks consist of multiple independent network layers. Historically, each of these layers has been operated independently using separate, vendor-specific, management systems with no awareness of adjacent layers or network resources.  The resulting complexity leads to operational inefficiencies, such as poor overall network utilization, configuration errors, delayed resolution of issues, and ultimately, to higher costs. Planet Operate is the industry's first SDN-enabled network management application providing end-to-end fault, configuration, accounting, provisioning, and security (FCAPS) capabilities, and more, to dramatically simplify the operation of multi-vendor, multi-layer networks.

• Planet View. Service Level Agreements (SLAs) are a critical component of metro/business Ethernet, wireless backhaul, wholesale transport, and other network services. However, generating SLA compliance reports for end-customers is typically a manual, labor-intensive process that requires aggregating data from multiple different sources on a reactive basis. Planet View is Cyan’s performance monitoring and SLA assurance application that allows the network operator to provide end-customers with real-time and historical visibility into the performance of their services via a customized web portal.

• Planet Inventory. Rapidly changing network demands are causing an increased emphasis on the performance and ROI of network assets. As a result, many network operators are asking for a clear, multi-vendor view of what is in their network and how it is performing. The Planet Inventory application provides inventory reporting for multi-layer, multi-vendor packet-optical networks. Furthermore, Planet Inventory supports integration with existing inventory systems via RESTful northbound APIs. Planet Inventory provides full-featured asset and circuit inventory reporting in multi-vendor networks for service providers. By simplifying inventory reporting and verification, Planet Inventory allows service providers to optimize network operations. Planet Inventory collates all network infrastructure data and keeps it up to date, helping to streamline processes that improve operational performance. These improvements are realized in an operator’s ability to manage network maintenance more efficiently as well as via increased service velocity because the asset and circuit data reported by Planet Inventory uses the network as the database. This eliminates the problem of off-line inventory data not being aligned with the network.

The third component of the Blue Planet platform is element adapters. These element adapters act as the control and communications interface between the Blue Planet orchestration platform and apps and the specific hardware installed in a network. In addition to providing element adapters for our own Z-Series platforms, we currently offer element adapters that enable monitoring and/or control of approximately 50 network devices from a number of network hardware manufacturers.

10

Customer Service, Support and Training

CyNOC Professional Services

CyNOC is our network operations center service that offers monitoring and managing of our customers’ services, providing our customers with an added layer of services and support for those that subscribe to this service. CyNOC expands on the power of our Blue Planet platform with network operations center services provided by our customer service engineers. CyNOC services are available in multiple service levels ranging from proactively monitoring to full scale managing of our customer’s Z-Series platforms and legacy network elements. We offer our customers partial or complete NOC services to manage their entire multi-vendor networks. Additionally, a number of our customers who maintain their own internal NOC leverage our services as a backup NOC. These services are typically sold to our customers for a one-year term at the time of the initial product sale, subject to annual renewals thereafter.

Maintenance, Support and Training Services

We offer Cyan PRO professional services to provide ongoing technical support with our hardware and software products through a variety of service packages to meet the requirements of most network operators as well as customized packages to meet more specialized requirements. We provide this variety of customer service products and support through our technical support engineers as well as through our growing network of authorized and certified channel partners. Our customer support organization operates 24 hours a day and is available by phone, email and online through our customer portal and offers a single point of contact for technical assistance with hardware, software and network issues. Additionally, we offer our end-user customers access to ongoing software updates, upgrades, bug fixes and repairs when and if available. We also have a customer portal available through our website which allows our channel partners and our customers to manage support tickets, download software and search our online knowledge database. These services are sold to our customers typically for one-year terms at the time of the initial product sale, subject to annual or multi-year renewals thereafter.

CySupport is our integrated software maintenance and technical support services package, which provides all essential software and services in one simple and cost-effective package.

CyService encompasses a range of additional professional services to assist our customers in their operations, including network deployment and installation services. We offer an innovative suite of professional services to ensure successful network deployment that can be tailored to the needs of our customers and range from site surveys to test plan creation. In addition to complete engineer, furnish and install, or EF&I, services, we also offer assistance with network design, integration and migration planning, network performance analysis, and installation of both our products as well as third-party equipment. These services are invoiced separately at the time of the initial product sale.

We also provide training services to educate our end-customers on the implementation, use, functionality and ongoing maintenance of our products. These training services can be provided at our facilities, on-site at the location of our customer’s choice or through a variety of multimedia resources based upon customer preference.

Customers

We sell our Z-Series and Blue Planet platforms and other services primarily to service providers and high performance data center and private network operators.

As of December 31, 2013, our solutions have been sold to over 150 customers. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, our largest customer was Windstream Corporation, which accounted for approximately 39%, 45% and 37% of our revenue. Additionally, Telephone and Data Systems, Inc. (TDS) represented approximately 11% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013. No other customers represented more than 10% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

All orders by Windstream are made pursuant to purchase orders and not pursuant to a long-term purchase commitment. We expect our revenue derived from sales to Windstream to decline in future periods. Revenue from customers located outside of the United States was approximately 9%, 5% and 1% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Our sales are made primarily pursuant to purchase orders with our customers rather than pursuant to committed long-term supply contracts. At any given time, we have backlog orders for products that have not shipped. Our backlog consists of confirmed orders for products scheduled to be shipped to customers, generally within the same quarter. Because customers may cancel purchase orders or change delivery schedules without significant penalty, we believe that our backlog at any given date may not be a reliable indicator of future operating results. Our backlog was approximately $3.7 million and $12.6 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. As the majority of our revenue in any given quarter is derived from orders placed and products

11

shipped within the same quarter and as our backlog fluctuates significantly from period to period, we do not believe that backlog is a meaningful indicator of future business.

Sales and Marketing

We sell our products and services in the United States through a direct sales force. During 2012 we began to direct a portion of our sales and marketing efforts to international markets, with particular focus on establishing a network of resellers to help us serve disparate markets. Although initial sales outside of the United States have been primarily been through our direct sales force, we expect a substantial portion of our international sales in future periods to be generated by our reseller network. As of December 31, 2013, we had 141 employees in our sales and marketing organization. Our direct sales teams are typically comprised of a combination of a sales representative and a systems engineer. Each sales team is responsible for a specific geographical territory, has responsibility for a number of major direct end-user customer accounts or has assigned accounts in a specific vertical market. Our direct sales force is primarily based in the U.S. with additional sales personnel in select locations including Australia, China, Dubai, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, the Netherlands, South Korea, Taiwan and the United Kingdom.

Our sales process entails planning discussions with prospective customers, analyzing their existing networks and identifying how these potential customers can leverage our solutions within their network. The sales cycle for the initial targeted product purchase, from the time of prospect qualification to the completion of the first sale, may span multiple quarters. Typically, after we have completed an initial sale with a customer, we experience shorter sales cycles for additional orders as a result of the customer having previously implemented our solutions.

We currently have channel partners in Asia, Europe and Latin America to whom we provide marketing assistance, technical training and support. In addition to their lead generation and sales activities, our channel partners perform installation services as well as some level of support to their customers. We are in the process of expanding our channel partner network both internationally and in the United States.

Our marketing strategy is focused on building our brand, communicating product advantages and increasing customer awareness of our solutions, particularly our recently launched Blue Planet platform. We execute on this strategy through a variety of marketing vehicles, including trade shows, advertising, public relations, industry research, our website and collaborative relationships with technology vendors. Our marketing activities, including demand generation activities, are focused primarily on local access service providers, regional transport providers, data center operators, cable MSOs, private network operators and wholesale carriers. We also focus on ongoing account management for existing customers and the development of follow-on sales as our existing end-user customers continue to expand and enhance their demand for our products.

Research and Development

The intensely competitive nature of the industry in which we operate makes it critical that we continue to focus on investment in research and development. To this end, we utilize data-driven development methodologies to accelerate our time to market. Our research and development efforts focus primarily on improving and enhancing our existing hardware and software solutions as well as developing new products and additional features and functionality.

As of December 31, 2013, we had 139 employees in our research and development organization, the substantial majority of whom were located at our headquarters in Petaluma, California.

Manufacturing

We subcontract the manufacture of all of our hardware products to a leading contract manufacturer, Flextronics, which purchases components from our approved list of suppliers and builds our hardware appliances according to our specifications at its Milpitas, California facility. Our outsourcing of our hardware manufacturing extends from prototypes to full production and includes activities such as material procurement, software implementation, and final assembly and testing. Once the completed products are manufactured and tested, Flextronics ships our products directly or through our third-party distribution centers to our customers for installation. By utilizing this outsourcing strategy, we are able to optimize our operations by lowering costs and reducing time to market.

Our contract manufacturer generally manages the procurement of the components and parts used in our products. We also engage in direct sourcing of certain strategic components. While our preference is to select components and materials that are available from multiple sources, we utilize a number of components that are available from only one source. Generally, neither we nor our contract manufacturer have written agreements with these sole-source component providers to guarantee the

12

supply of the key components used in our hardware products. However, we regularly monitor the supply of components and the availability of qualified and approved alternative sources. We provide forecasts to Flextronics so that they can purchase key components in advance of their anticipated use, with the objective of maintaining an adequate supply of those components.

We have entered into a manufacturing services agreement with Flextronics, dated June 22, 2007, pursuant to which Flextronics manufactures, assembles and tests our products. This agreement permits Flextronics to procure materials and components required for the manufacture and testing of our products while also reserving our right to direct Flextronics to purchase specific materials and components from specified vendors. We also provide Flextronics with a list of preferred vendors from which it will attempt to source components first before seeking other sources of supply. The initial term of this agreement was five years, with the term automatically renewing for additional one-year terms, unless terminated by either party by giving 90 days or more written notice prior to the end of the then current term. Additionally, either party may terminate the agreement by giving written notice if the other party has materially breached its obligations under the agreement, subject to applicable cure periods.

Although the contract manufacturing services required to manufacture and assemble our products may be readily available from a number of established manufacturers, it is time consuming and costly to qualify and implement contract manufacturer relationships. As a result, if Flextronics or our sole-source component suppliers suffer an interruption in their businesses, or experience delays, disruptions or quality control problems in their manufacturing operations, or we have to change or add additional contract manufacturers or suppliers of our sole-sourced components, our ability to ship our products to our customers could be delayed, and our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Competition

The markets in which we compete are highly competitive and characterized by rapidly changing customer needs and continually evolving industry standards. We expect competition to intensify in the future as existing competitors and new market entrants introduce new products or enhance existing products. Our business will be adversely affected if we are unable to meet the demand for existing products and innovate to bring new products and solutions to market.

We compete either directly or indirectly with large networking and optical companies, such as Alcatel-Lucent SA, Ciena Corporation, Cisco Systems, Inc., Fujitsu Limited, Huawei Technologies Co. Limited and Juniper Networks, Inc., and specialized technology providers that offer point solutions that address a portion of the issues that we solve. In addition, we seek to replace legacy network control tools and processes that have already been purchased or were internally developed, and potential customers may be reluctant to adopt a solution that replaces or changes existing tools and processes in which they have made significant investments. The principal competitive factors applicable to our products include:

• service breadth and functionality;

• performance, reliability and security;

• price;

• speed and ease of use and deployment;

• existing deployed base; and

• brand awareness and reputation within the market.

Although we believe that we compete favorably with respect to the above factors, we expect competition and competitive pressure, from both new and existing competitors, to increase in the future. Additionally, some of our competitors have greater name recognition, longer operating histories, well-established relationships with customers or channel partners in our market and substantially greater financial, technical, personnel and other resources than we have. Our competitors may be able to anticipate, influence or adapt more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements, devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of their products and services, initiate or withstand substantial price competition, take advantage of acquisitions or other opportunities more readily and develop and expand their product and service offerings more quickly than we can. In addition, competitors with substantially larger installed customer bases beyond the packet-optical solutions and NaaS markets may leverage their relationships based on other products or incorporate functionality into existing products in a manner that may discourage users from purchasing our solutions. These larger competitors may also have more diversified businesses that allow them to better withstand significant reduction in capital spending by end-user customers. Moreover, potential customers may also prefer to purchase from their existing providers rather than a new provider, regardless of product performance or features, because our solutions may require additional investment of time and funds to install. In addition, as a result of these transition costs, competition to secure contracts with potential customers is particularly intense. Some of our competitors may offer substantial discounts or rebates to win new customers. If we are forced to reduce prices in order to secure customers, we may be unable to sustain gross margins at desired levels or achieve profitability. In the future, in selling Blue Planet we may also compete with companies that are focused on providing

13

virtualization software solutions for other end-markets as they may try to adapt their solutions to meet the needs of network operators or compete with networking companies that develop or acquire SDN solutions. Some of our competitors have made acquisitions of businesses that may allow them to offer more directly competitive and comprehensive solutions than they had previously offered.

Intellectual Property

Our success as a company depends critically upon our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including trade secret laws, copyrights, patents and trademarks, as well as customary contractual protections. As of December 31, 2013, we had three issued U.S. patents set to expire between 2029 and 2030. We also license software from third parties for integration into our products, including open source software and other commercially available software.

We generally control access to and use of our proprietary software and other confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, contractors, customers and partners, and our software is protected by U.S. and international copyright laws. We also incorporate certain generally available software programs into Blue Planet and our other software solutions pursuant to license agreements with third parties.

The steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property rights may not be adequate. Third parties may infringe or misappropriate our intellectual property rights. We may initiate claims against third parties that we believe are infringing our intellectual property rights if we are unable to resolve matters satisfactorily through negotiation. If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights adequately, our competitors could offer similar products, potentially harming our business.

Employees

As of December 31, 2013, we had 315 employees. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or is a party to any collective bargaining arrangement in connection with his or her employment with us and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Facilities

Our headquarters occupy approximately 22,780 square feet in Petaluma, California under a lease, a portion of which expires in May 2015 and the remainder of which expires in October 2018. We have also leased additional offices in San Francisco, California and Vancouver, Canada as well as additional offices for our sales and marketing personnel in certain locations.

In July, 2013 we entered into a lease for additional space in Petaluma, California. The July 2013 lease has a ten year term, estimated to commence on or about June 1, 2014 and provides for the lease of 20,005 square feet, increasing to 38,778 square feet in 2015.

We believe that our current facilities, together with the new facilities to become available later in 2014 and 2015 are suitable and adequate to meet our current needs and we intend to add new facilities or expand existing facilities as we add employees. We believe that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate expansion of our operations.

Regulation

We are subject to federal, state and local laws, regulations, guidelines and determinations, common laws, codes of conduct and other similar parameters that directly and indirectly impact our business and methods of operation, including export control classifications. We also work closely with our contract manufacturer to ensure that their activities on our behalf also comply with applicable regulations, including export regulations.

14

Item 1A. Risk Factors

The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing us. Other events that we do not currently anticipate or that we currently deem immaterial also may affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

Risks Related to Our Business

We currently generate the majority of our revenue from a concentrated base of customers, including Windstream Corporation. Unless we can substantially expand our sales to other existing or new customers, we will not be able to grow our revenue.

Historically, we have been significantly dependent on Windstream Corporation, or Windstream, with Windstream accounting for approximately 39%, 45% and 37% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. Revenue from Windstream was $19.0 million, or 50% of total revenue, in the third quarter of 2013 but declined to $2.3 million, or 11% of total revenue in the fourth quarter of 2013. As a result of this significant decline, our revenue in the fourth quarter of 2013 was lower than anticipated. While we expect our sales to Windstream to decline in future periods, we nonetheless anticipate that a large portion of our revenue will continue to depend on sales to Windstream. In addition, given the episodic nature of capital expenditures associated with network deployments, we may derive a substantial amount of our revenue from a limited number of customers in any particular future period. As a result, unless we can substantially expand our sales to other existing or new customers, we will not be able to grow our revenue.

Sales of our solutions to our customers, including Windstream, are made pursuant to purchase orders, and not pursuant to long-term, committed-volume purchase contracts. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will be able to sustain or increase sales to any current or future customer from period to period, or that we will be able to offset the discontinuation of concentrated purchases by these customers with purchases by new or existing customers. As a consequence of our customer concentration and the frequently concentrated nature of our customers’ purchases, our quarterly revenue and operating results may fluctuate substantially from quarter to quarter and are difficult to predict. The loss of, or a significant delay or reduction in purchases by, any of our significant customers could adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our business depends on the capital spending patterns and financial capabilities of our service provider customers, and any decrease or delay in their capital spending may adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our revenue to date has been derived primarily from our service provider customers. Demand for our solutions depends on the amount and timing of capital spending by these customers as they construct, expand and upgrade their networks. The global economic downturn and uncertainty has contributed to a slowdown in spending in many industries, including by telecommunications service providers. In response to any future challenging economic conditions and decreased availability of capital, spending for network infrastructure projects could be further delayed or cancelled. In addition, capital spending is cyclical in our industry and sporadic among individual service providers, and can change on short notice. As a result, we may not have visibility into changes in spending behavior until near the end of a given quarter. Further, infrastructure improvements may be further delayed or prevented by a variety of factors, including cost, regulatory obstacles, consolidation in the industry, lack of consumer demand and alternative technologies for service delivery. Any reductions in capital expenditures by service providers could adversely affect our operating results and future growth.

Our revenue may become more volatile due to changes in historical seasonal patterns. We have experienced in the past, and may continue to experience, seasonal fluctuations in our revenue as a result of our customers’ spending patterns. For example, in years prior to 2013, we experienced an increase in business activity as we approach December, as some of our customers accelerated spending to use remaining capital budgets. Similarly, we generally expect a decrease in business activity in our first quarter as some of our customers delay spending until they finalize their capital budgets and project initiatives become clarified. However, these historical patterns may not recur in any given period. For example, in the fourth quarter of 2013, we experienced a decrease in business activity as some of our customers had largely depleted their 2013 capital budgets. In addition, from time to time, customers may place large orders that may significantly affect sequential trends. These items may result in greater volatility of our results in any given period.

Furthermore, we may experience lower gross margin in a particular period as a result of large deployments by our customers since these deployments typically include a significant proportion of lower margin Z-Series chassis. For example, gross margin decreased by 3.4%, from 43.4% to 40.0%, for the three months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013. This sequential decrease in gross margin was influenced by initial deployments into new customers.

15

As a consequence of this seasonality, large customer purchases and the effect of large initial deployments by our customers, our quarterly revenue and operating results may fluctuate from quarter to quarter and are difficult to estimate.

We have a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects.

We were incorporated in 2006, and began selling our solutions and generating revenue in 2009. Our limited operating history makes financial forecasting and evaluation of our business difficult. Moreover, we compete in markets characterized by rapid technological change, changing customer needs, evolving industry standards and frequent introductions of new products and services. We have experienced rapid growth since our inception, and we continue to increase the breadth and scope of our solutions and, correspondingly, the breadth and scope of our operations. For example, in December 2012, we released for general availability our Blue Planet carrier-grade software-defined networking platform. We have limited historical data and have had a relatively limited time period in which to implement and evaluate our business strategies as compared to companies with longer operating histories. As a result, it is difficult to forecast our future revenue growth, if any, and to plan our operating expenses appropriately, which in turn makes it difficult to predict our future operating results. In the course of our development efforts, we may experience design, manufacturing, marketing and other difficulties that could delay or prevent the development, introduction or marketing of new solutions, services and enhancements. If we are not successful, we could experience lower sales, which would harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

We have a history of losses, and we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve or maintain profitability.

Since our inception, we have incurred net losses in each quarterly and annual period and, as of December 31, 2013 we had an accumulated deficit of $127.3 million. Although our revenue has grown rapidly in recent periods, our revenue growth is likely to slow and our revenue may decline in future periods as a result of a number of factors, including but not limited to, uncertain demand for our solutions, increasing competition or our failure to capitalize on potential growth opportunities. Accordingly, you should not rely on our revenue growth in any prior quarterly or annual period as an indicator of our future performance. In addition, we anticipate that our operating expenses will increase substantially for the foreseeable future as we continue to expend substantial financial resources on sales and marketing, including domestic and international expansion efforts, product and feature development, technology infrastructure, additional headcount and general administration. These efforts may prove more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently, or at all, to offset these higher expenses. To the extent that our existing cash, cash equivalents and operating cash flows, are insufficient to fund our future activities and requirements, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or debt financing. If we issue equity securities in order to raise additional funds, substantial dilution to existing stockholders may occur. If we raise cash through the issuance of additional indebtedness, we may be subject to additional contractual restrictions on our business. Additionally, we cannot assure you that we will be able to raise additional funds on favorable terms, or at all. If we are unable to maintain adequate revenue growth, improve our gross margin or manage our expenses, we may continue to incur significant losses in the future and may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability.

We currently generate the majority of our revenue from the sale of our Z-Series platforms and therefore a decrease in purchases of these platforms would adversely affect our revenue and our operating results.

Historically, our Z-Series platforms have accounted for substantially all of our revenue, and we expect to continue to derive a substantial majority of our revenue from sales of these platforms in the near term. As a result, our future growth and financial performance will depend heavily on our ability to continue to sell existing, and to develop and sell enhanced, versions of our Z-Series platforms, both to existing and new customers. If current market demand for these products diminishes, or we fail to deliver product enhancements, new releases or new products that customers want, overall demand for our solutions and related services would decrease, and our operating results would be harmed.

If the software-defined networking market does not develop as we anticipate, and if we are unable to increase market awareness of our company and our solutions within that market, demand for our solutions may not grow, and our future results would be adversely affected.

Fundamental to our solution is our Blue Planet software-defined networking platform. As a result, our long-term success will depend to a significant extent on potential customers recognizing the benefits of our solutions over legacy systems and products, and the willingness of service providers, high- performance data centers and other network operators to increase their use of software-defined networking solutions in their networks. The market for SDNs is at an early stage with a small installed base and limited market adoption, and it is difficult to predict important trends, including the potential growth, if any, of this market.

16

If the market for software-defined networking solutions does not evolve in the way we anticipate or if customers do not recognize the benefits of our solutions, we likely would not be able to increase sales of our hardware and software solutions. In such event, our revenue would not grow, or would decline, and our operating results would be harmed. To date, some network operators have been reluctant to switch to SDNs because they have invested substantial resources to maintain and integrate legacy solutions into their networks. These network operators may continue allocating their network budgets to the maintenance and upgrading of their legacy systems and products and therefore not adopt our SDN solutions in addition to or as a replacement for these legacy systems and products.

Even if the market for SDN solutions develops as we anticipate, market awareness of our SDN solutions will be essential to our long-term growth. We cannot assure you that network operators will accept the value proposition that we believe our solutions provide. If we are not successful in creating market awareness of our company and our full suite of SDN solutions, our business, financial condition and operating results would be adversely affected.

We recently launched a new software-defined networking platform, Blue Planet, and if this or other new solutions we develop face challenges for market acceptance, our revenue and operating results would be adversely affected.

We released Blue Planet in December 2012. Currently, our Blue Planet offering has an unproven revenue model and has accounted for an immaterial amount of our revenue. If network operators do not perceive the benefits of Blue Planet, the market for Blue Planet may not develop or may develop more slowly than we expect, either of which would adversely affect our revenue growth prospects. The widespread acceptance of Blue Planet will require not only the recognition and adoption of software- defined networking as a whole over legacy systems and products, but also the deployment of Blue Planet as a standard solution for our current and potential customers to manage their SDNs. We also face the risk of having a limited time to market in order to establish Blue Planet over any alternative solutions or technologies that network operators utilize for SDNs and other network management. In addition, we have limited experience in pricing Blue Planet separately from our Z-Series platforms, which could result in underpricing that adversely affects our expected financial performance, or overpricing that inhibits our customers’ acceptance of Blue Planet. Even if the initial development and commercial introduction of Blue Planet is successful, we cannot assure you that it will achieve widespread market acceptance or that any market acceptance will be sustainable over the longer term. If Blue Planet does not gain market acceptance at a sufficient rate of growth, our business and operating results would be adversely affected.

We operate in highly competitive markets, and competitive pressures from existing and new companies may adversely affect our business, operating results and market share.

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive and characterized by rapidly changing customer needs and evolving industry standards. We expect competition to intensify in the future as existing competitors and new market entrants introduce new products or enhance existing products. Our business will be adversely affected if we are unable to compete effectively to meet the demand for existing products as well as innovate to bring new products and solutions to market.

We compete either directly or indirectly with large networking and optical companies, such as Alcatel-Lucent SA, Ciena Corporation, Cisco Systems, Inc., Fujitsu Limited, Huawei Technologies Co. Limited and Juniper Networks, Inc., and specialized technology providers that offer solutions that address a portion of the issues that we address. In addition, we seek to replace legacy network control tools and processes that network operators have either already purchased or internally developed, and potential customers may be reluctant to adopt a solution that replaces or changes existing systems and processes in which they have made significant investments. In the future, in selling Blue Planet we may also compete with companies that are focused on providing virtualization software solutions for other end-markets as they may try to adapt their solutions to meet the needs of network operators or compete with networking companies that develop or acquire SDN solutions. Some of our competitors have made, or may make, acquisitions of businesses that may allow them to offer solutions that are more directly competitive and comprehensive than those they currently offer.

17

We expect competition and competitive pressure, from both new and existing competitors, to increase in the future. Additionally, many of our competitors have greater name recognition, longer operating histories, well-established relationships with customers or channel partners in our markets and substantially greater financial, technical, personnel and other resources than we have. Our competitors may be able to anticipate, influence or adapt more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements, devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of their products and services, initiate or withstand substantial price competition, take advantage of acquisitions or other opportunities more readily and develop and expand their product and service offerings more quickly than we can. In addition, competitors with substantially larger installed customer bases may leverage their relationships and incorporate functionality into their existing products in a manner that may discourage customers from purchasing our solutions. These larger competitors may also have more diversified businesses that allow them to better withstand significant reductions in capital spending by customers. Moreover, potential customers may also prefer to purchase from their existing providers rather than a new provider, regardless of product performance or features, because our solutions may require additional investment of time and funds to install the solutions and to train operations personnel. In addition, some of our competitors may offer substantial discounts, rebates or financing to win new or retain existing customers, or may bundle different products and services together in a package to their customers where they include products and services that directly compete with our solutions at very low prices or even for free. If we are unable to win customers, or if we are forced to reduce prices in order to secure customers, our business and operating results may be adversely affected.

During the year ended December 31, 2013 we provided lease arrangements for one customer. We classify these arrangements as lease receivables, which represent sales-type leases resulting from the sale of our products. Such requests for lease arrangements may increase in the future. We believe lease arrangements may be a competitive factor in obtaining business and if we are unable to extend or facilitate such arrangements, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted.

Our business and operations have experienced rapid growth in recent periods, and if we are unable to effectively manage this growth and expansion, or if our business does not continue to grow as we expect, including with respect to our recruitment of qualified personnel, our operating results may suffer.

We have experienced rapid growth and have significantly expanded our operations since inception, which has placed a strain on our management, administrative, operational and financial infrastructure. Our success will depend in part upon our ability to manage our growth effectively.

We believe that our future success will depend in large part upon our ability to identify, attract and retain highly qualified and skilled personnel, particularly engineers and sales personnel. Our employee headcount has increased from 39 as of December 31, 2008 to 315 as of December 31, 2013. Competition for skilled personnel is intense, particularly for those specializing in network and software engineering and sales, and those located in the San Francisco Bay Area. In addition, our headquarters location in Petaluma, in the northern part of the San Francisco Bay Area, may make it more difficult to attract qualified personnel that live in other parts of the Bay Area. We cannot be certain that we will be successful in attracting qualified personnel, or that newly hired personnel will function effectively, both individually and as a group.

Our ability to manage our operations and growth will further require us to refine our operational, financial and management controls, human resource policies, and reporting systems and procedures. If we fail to efficiently expand our sales force, engineering, operations, IT or financial systems, or otherwise manage our growth, our costs and expenses may increase more than we plan and we may lose the ability to close customer opportunities, enhance our existing products and services, satisfy customer requirements, respond to competitive pressures or otherwise execute our business plan. These additional investments will increase our operating costs, which will make it more difficult for us to offset any future revenue shortfalls in the short term by reducing expenses. Moreover, if we fail to scale our operations successfully, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

Our revenue, gross margin and other operating results may fluctuate significantly and be unpredictable, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.

Our revenue and operating results may fluctuate from period to period due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, which makes it difficult for us to predict our future operating results. The timing and size of sales of our Z-Series platforms and other solutions have been highly variable and difficult to predict, leading to uncertainty and limiting our ability to accurately forecast revenue and resulting in significant fluctuations in revenue from period to period. This variability has been compounded by our customer concentration and the frequently concentrated nature of our customers’ purchases, which are made pursuant to purchase orders and not pursuant to long-term committed-volume purchase contracts.

In addition to, or as elaborated in, other risks listed in this Risk Factors section, factors that may affect our operating results include:

• the timing of orders from our customers and channel partners, including by our largest customer, Windstream;

18

• fluctuations in demand for our solutions;

• the capital spending patterns of network operators and any decrease or delay in capital spending by network operators due to economic, regulatory or other reasons;

• the inherent complexity, seasonality, length and associated unpredictability of our sales cycles for our solutions;

• changing market conditions, including network operator consolidation;

• changes in the competitive dynamics of our markets, new market entrants and any related discounting, bundling or financing of products or services;

• our ability to expand our international sales and marketing operations;

• our ability to control costs such as the costs of the components for our Z-Series platforms;

• the ability of our contract manufacturer and component suppliers to timely meet our manufacturing and supply needs at acceptable prices, or at all;

• the timing and execution of product transitions, new product introductions or product upgrades by us or our competitors;

• our ability to timely and effectively develop, introduce and gain market acceptance for new solutions, products, technologies and services, such as Blue Planet, and anticipate future market demands that meet our customers’ requirements;

• our ability to successfully expand the Z-Series, Blue Planet and professional service solutions we sell to existing customers;

• the interoperability of our solutions with service providers’ networks, and technical challenges in network operators’ overall networks, unrelated to our solutions, which could delay adoption and installation of our solutions;

• decisions by potential customers to purchase alternative products and services from other providers and their willingness to deploy our solutions;

• any decision by us to increase or decrease operating expenses in response to changes in the marketplace or perceived marketplace opportunities;

• our ability to derive benefits from our investments in sales, marketing, engineering or other activities;

• our ability to build and manage our channel partner and distribution networks, and the effectiveness of any changes we make to our distribution model; and

• general economic conditions, both domestically and abroad.

Any one of the factors above or the cumulative effect of the factors above may result in significant fluctuations in our operating results from period to period. This variability and unpredictability could result in our failure to meet our internal operating plan or the expectations of securities analysts or investors for any period. If we fail to meet such expectations for these or any other reasons, the market price of our common stock could fall substantially and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action litigation.

We operate in a rapidly evolving market and if we are unable to develop and introduce new solutions or make enhancements to existing solutions that successfully respond to emerging technological trends and achieve market acceptance, our revenue and growth prospects would likely be adversely affected.

Our market is characterized by rapidly changing technology, changing customer needs, evolving industry standards and frequent introductions of new products and services. Our future success will depend significantly on our ability to effectively anticipate and timely adapt to such changes, and to develop and offer, on a timely and cost-effective basis, hardware and software solutions with features that meet changing customer demands, technology trends and industry standards. Our solutions have been developed to rely upon open standards for integration and functionality with legacy networks and third-party vendor network equipment and applications, and we cannot assure you that these standards will continue to receive market acceptance. Additionally, such open standard design could make it easier for competitors to more quickly and inexpensively develop and offer their own products and services based on the same technology. If our competitors introduce new products and services that compete with ours, we may be required to reposition our solutions or introduce new solutions in response to such competitive pressure. If we fail to develop new products or product enhancements, or our customers or potential customers do not perceive our solutions to have compelling advantages, our business, revenue and growth prospects would be adversely affected.

We intend to continue making significant investments in further developing our Blue Planet and Z-Series platforms and enhancing the functionality of our existing solutions. Developing our solutions is expensive, complex and involves uncertainties. We intend to continue to dedicate a significant amount of resources to our research and development efforts to maintain our competitive position. However, we may not have sufficient resources to successfully manage these hardware and software development cycles, and these investments may take several years to generate positive returns, if ever.

19

The future growth of our business depends, in significant part, on increasing our international sales, and even if we are successful in expanding internationally, our business will be susceptible to risks associated with international operations.

We currently generate substantially all of our sales from customers in the United States, and only in 2012 did we significantly begin marketing, selling and supporting our solutions internationally, primarily through channel partners. We have limited experience managing the sales, support and administrative aspects of a worldwide operation. The future growth of our business depends, in significant part, on increasing our international sales. We may not be successful in our efforts to expand our international operations, including as a result of not being able to increase or maintain international market demand for our solutions, and entry into additional international markets will require significant management attention and financial resources. Our failure to successfully grow internationally could limit the future growth of our business and, consequently, affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

In the course of expanding our international operations and operating overseas, we will be subject to a variety of risks, directly and indirectly through our channel partners, including:

• longer than expected sales cycles;

• international trade costs and restrictions, including trade laws, tariffs, export quotas, custom duties or other trade restrictions, affecting our sales;

• treatment of revenue from international sources and changes to tax codes, including being subject to foreign tax laws and responsibility for paying withholding income or other taxes in foreign jurisdictions;

• compliance with multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including employment, tax, privacy, data protection, communications and Internet laws and regulations, and the risks and costs of non-compliance;

• compliance with U.S. laws and regulations applicable to foreign operations, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, import and export control laws, tariffs, trade barriers, economic sanctions and other regulatory limitations on our ability to sell our solutions in certain foreign markets, and the risks and costs of non-compliance; challenges inherent in efficiently managing an increased number of employees over large geographic distances, including the need to implement appropriate systems, policies, compensation and benefits and compliance programs;

• difficulties in and the potentially high costs of staffing foreign operations;

• difficulties in enforcing contracts, longer accounts receivable payment cycles and the potential corresponding adverse impact on our days sales outstanding;

• the imperative to upgrade our solutions to meet more stringent performance criteria or adapt our solutions to meet the standards of one or more other countries;

• the risk of change in political or economic conditions for foreign countries, and the potential for political unrest, acts of terrorism, hostilities or war;

• localization of products and services, including translation into foreign languages and associated expenses;

• differing laws and business practices, which may favor local competitors;

• foreign currency fluctuations and controls; and

• limited or unfavorable intellectual property protection in foreign jurisdictions.

Each of these risks could have an adverse effect on our overall business, operating results and financial condition.

We engage channel partners to promote, sell, install and support our solutions internationally, and we intend to rapidly expand our international channel partner network. Any failure to effectively develop and manage this distribution channel could adversely affect our business, operating results and market share.

We engage channel partners who provide sales and support services for our solutions, and we are relying on the rapid expansion of our channel partner network to pursue our international expansion efforts. If we do not properly train our channel partners to sell, install and service our solutions, or if a new channel partner is not able to execute on our sales strategy, our business, financial condition and operating results may suffer. The loss of a key channel partner or the failure of a channel partner to provide adequate customer service could have a negative effect on customer satisfaction and could cause harm to our business. Our use of channel partners and other third-party support partners, and the associated risks, are likely to increase as we seek to expand our international sales. Generally, our channel partners do not have long-term contractual commitments or exclusivity to us. We also compete with other network systems providers for our channel partners’ business as many of our channel partners market competing products. If a channel partner promotes a competitor’s products to the detriment of our solutions or otherwise fails to market our solutions effectively, we would lose market share.

20

Our sales cycles can be long and unpredictable, and our sales efforts require considerable investment of time and expense. As a result, our sales and revenue are difficult to predict and may vary substantially from period to period, which may cause our operating results to fluctuate significantly.

Our sales process entails planning discussions with prospective customers, analyzing their existing networks and identifying how these potential customers can leverage our solutions within their networks. The sales cycle for a new customer deployment, from the time of prospect qualification to the completion of the first sale, may span multiple quarters. The sales cycles with larger carriers and potential customers in international markets can be even longer. We spend substantial time, effort and money in our sales efforts without any assurance that our efforts will produce any sales of our solutions. If we invest substantial resources pursuing unsuccessful sales opportunities, our business, operating results and financial condition would be harmed. In addition, purchases by network operators of our solutions are subject to budget constraints, multiple approvals and unplanned administrative, processing and other delays. If sales expected from a specific customer for a particular quarter are not realized in that quarter, or at all, we may not achieve our revenue expectations.

We do not have long-term, committed-volume purchase contracts with our customers for our Z-Series platforms, and therefore have no guarantee of future revenue from any customer, which may cause our operating results to be adversely affected.

Sales of our Z-Series platforms are made pursuant to purchase orders, and we have not entered into long-term, committed-volume purchase contracts with our customers, including our largest customer, Windstream. As a result, any of our customers may cease to purchase our hardware solutions at any time. In addition, our customers may attempt to renegotiate their terms of purchase, including price and quantity, or may delay or cancel already submitted purchase orders. If any of our customers stop purchasing our hardware solutions for any reason, or purchase fewer solutions, our operating results and financial condition would be harmed.

We currently rely upon a single contract manufacturer to manufacture our hardware solutions, and if we encounter problems with the contract manufacturer, our operations could be disrupted, which would adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and customer relationships.

We contract with Flextronics International, Ltd., or Flextronics, as the sole manufacturer of all of our Z-Series platforms. Our reliance on Flextronics makes us vulnerable to possible capacity constraints and reduced control over delivery schedules, manufacturing yields and costs. We have limited direct control over the quality and control systems of Flextronics, and therefore may not be able to ensure levels of quality suitable for our customers. The revenue that Flextronics generates from our orders represents a very small percentage of its revenue. As a result, fulfilling our orders may not be considered a priority by Flextronics. If Flextronics were unable or unwilling to continue manufacturing our Z-Series platforms in required volumes and at high quality levels, or if Flextronics significantly increased our costs to have them manufacture our products, we would have to identify, qualify and select an acceptable alternative contract manufacturer. Such alternatives may not be available to us when needed, may take a significant amount of time to contract with and establish manufacturing or supply relationships, and may not be in a position to timely satisfy our production requirements at commercially reasonable prices and quality. Any significant interruption in manufacturing would require us to reduce the amount of Z-Series platforms available to our customers, which in turn would reduce our revenue and adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and customer relationships.

21

If we fail to accurately forecast our manufacturing requirements or manage our inventory with our contract manufacturer, we could incur additional costs, lose revenue and harm our business, operating results, financial condition and customer relationships.

The suppliers of the components used in our Z-Series platforms deliver the components directly to our contract manufacturer, Flextronics, but we bear the inventory risk under our arrangements with Flextronics. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 we had commitments to Flextronics totaling $7.9 million and $7.1 million. Lead times for the materials and components that we order through Flextronics vary significantly and depend on numerous factors, including the specific supplier, contract terms and market demand for a component at a given time. The lead times for certain key materials and components could be lengthy depending on overall market demand, requiring us or Flextronics to order materials and components several months in advance of their use in manufacturing our products. If we overestimate our production requirements, Flextronics may purchase excess components and build excess inventory. If Flextronics purchases excess components or builds excess products, we could be required to pay for these excess components or products and recognize related inventory write-down costs. We also are required to reimburse Flextronics if our inventory is rendered obsolete for any reason. If we experience inventory write-downs associated with excess or obsolete inventory in any significant amount, this would have an adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results. Conversely, if we underestimate our product requirements, our contract manufacturer may maintain inadequate component inventory and be unable to manufacture our Z-Series platforms in sufficient quantities to timely meet customer demand. Any shortfall in available products could result in delays or cancellation of orders by our customers, which could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and customer relationships.

Certain component parts used in the manufacture of our products are sourced from single or limited source suppliers. If we are unable to source these components on a timely basis, we will not be able to meet our customers’ product delivery requirements, which could adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and customer relationships.

We depend on certain sole-source and limited source suppliers for key components that Flextronics, our contract manufacturer, uses in the manufacture of our Z-Series platforms. Any of the sole-source and limited source suppliers upon whom we rely could stop producing our components, cease operations or be acquired by, or enter into exclusive arrangements with, our competitors. In particular, our reliance on Broadcom Corporation for certain key semiconductors used in our hardware solutions makes us vulnerable to shortages or pricing pressure on these important components. Neither we nor Flextronics generally has long-term supply agreements with component suppliers, and our purchase volumes currently may be considered too low for us to be a priority customer by many of such suppliers. As such, we cannot be guaranteed a continuous source of, or favorable pricing for, components from any of these suppliers. Furthermore, patent infringement lawsuits between semiconductor companies could have an adverse effect on our ability to acquire components that are sole sourced and integrated into our family of Z-Series platforms, leading to production delays and additional engineering costs, potentially harming our business and customer relationships. Any such interruption or delay may force us to seek similar components or products from alternative sources, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Switching suppliers may require that we redesign our Z-Series platforms to accommodate new components, and to re-qualify these solutions, which would be costly and time-consuming. Any interruption in the supply of sole- source or limited source components for our solutions would adversely affect our ability to meet scheduled product deliveries to our customers and could result in lost revenue or higher expenses, any of which would harm our business, operating results, financial condition and customer relationships.

Our future success depends in part on revenue from Blue Planet and our other services, and because we generally recognize revenue from Blue Planet over the term of the relevant contractual period, downturns or upturns in sales will not likely be reflected in full in our operating results for the period in which such downturns or upturns occur.

Sales of new or renewed term licenses, support and maintenance contracts, especially with respect to Blue Planet, may decline and fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including our customers’ level of satisfaction with our solutions, the prices of our solutions, the prices of products and services offered by our competitors and reductions in our customers’ spending levels. If our sales of new or renewals of term licenses, support and maintenance contracts decline, our revenue and revenue growth will decline and our business will suffer. In addition, we generally recognize Blue Planet and service contract revenue ratably over the term of the relevant contractual period. As a result, much of the term license and service revenue that we report each quarter is the recognition of deferred revenue from term licenses and service contracts entered into during previous quarters. Accordingly, any decline in new or renewed term licenses or service contracts in any one quarter will not be fully reflected in revenue in that quarter but will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. In addition, it may be difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenue through additional sales in any period, as Blue Planet revenue is generally recognized over the term of the contract.

22

Our solutions are highly complex and may contain undetected hardware errors or software bugs, which could harm our reputation and increase our warranty obligations and service costs.

Our solutions are highly technical and, when deployed, are critical to the operation of our customers’ networks. Our solutions have from time to time contained and may in the future contain undetected errors, bugs, defects or security vulnerabilities. Some errors in our solutions may only be discovered after a solution has been deployed and used by customers, and may in some cases only be detected under certain circumstances or after extended use. Any errors, bugs, defects or security vulnerabilities discovered in our solutions after commercial release could result in loss of our revenue or delay in revenue recognition, loss of customer goodwill and customer relationships, harm to our reputation and increased service costs, any of which would adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Quality or performance problems related to our Z-Series platforms that are covered under warranty could require us to repair or replace defective products at no additional cost to the customer. For example, we have recently experienced higher than expected failure rates with certain Z-Series line cards used by a number of our customers that were manufactured between 2010 and the spring of 2012, and have identified a line card power supply as the source of the failures. We are, in certain circumstances, undertaking a proactive warranty repair and replacement program for line cards we ultimately determine to be at risk of early failure. We believe that the costs will not be material and that our warranty reserve is sufficient to cover these costs. Should we determine, however, that a systemic defect exists, we may incur additional warranty-related expenses which could adversely affect our gross margins and operating results. If we experience quality or performance problems in the future related to our Z-Series platforms that are covered under warranty, we could be required to repair or replace defective products, which could have a material adverse effect on our reputation and results of operations In addition, any errors discovered in Blue Planet could cause customers and potential customers to abandon or never adopt Blue Planet, which could adversely affect our ability to grow our business. Moreover, we could face claims for product liability, tort or breach of contract from our customers, or be required to indemnify our customers for damages and third-party claims for a variety of reasons. Any increased costs, liabilities and diversion of resources associated with a warranty or other claim related to errors or alleged errors in our solutions could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our solutions must interoperate with existing legacy and competitor software applications and hardware products found in our customers’ networks. If our solutions do not interoperate properly, future sales of our solutions could be negatively affected, which would harm our business.

Our solutions must interoperate with our customers’ existing and planned networks, which often have varied and complex specifications, utilize multiple protocol standards, software applications and products from multiple vendors and may contain multiple generations of products that have been added over time. Our solutions must communicate, manage and analyze networks and the traffic across these networks, often across differing legacy protocols and technologies. As a result, we must continually ensure that our products interoperate properly with these existing and planned networks and network components, including legacy networks that operate on technology originally designed several decades ago. To meet these interoperability requirements, we continuously engage in development efforts that require substantial resources. If we fail to maintain compatibility with other software or equipment included in our customers’ existing and planned networks, we may incur significant warranty, support and repair costs, cause significant customer relations problems and divert the attention of our engineering personnel from our product development efforts, and our business and operating results would be adversely affected. In addition, if our competitors, whose software or equipment incorporate these protocols and technologies, fail to make available to us on an ongoing basis the interfaces and other information we require to maintain the interoperability of our solutions with their software and equipment, our business and operating results would be adversely affected.

If we fail to comply with evolving network industry technical requirements and standards, sales of our existing and future solutions would be adversely affected, which could adversely affect our operating results and growth prospects.

The markets for our solutions are characterized by a significant number of standards, both domestic and international, which are evolving as new network technologies are deployed. Our solutions must comply with these standards in order to be widely marketable. In some cases and particularly in international markets, we may be required to obtain certifications or authorizations before our solutions can be introduced, marketed or sold in new markets or to new customers. In addition, our ability to expand our international operations and create international market demand for our solutions may be constrained by regulations or standards adopted by other countries that may require us to redesign our existing solutions or develop new products suitable for sale in those countries. We cannot assure you that we will be able to design our solutions to comply with evolving standards and regulations. The cost of complying with evolving standards and regulations, or our failure to obtain timely domestic or foreign regulatory approvals or certifications, may prevent us from selling our solutions where such standards or regulations apply, which could adversely affect our operating results and growth prospects.

23

Our ability to sell our solutions is highly dependent on the quality of our support and service offerings, and our failure to offer high quality support and services would have an adverse effect on our business, reputation and operating results.

Once our solutions are deployed within our customers’ networks, our customers depend on our support organization to quickly resolve any issues relating to those products. A high level of support is critical for the successful marketing and sale of our solutions. If we do not effectively assist our customers in deploying our solutions, succeed in helping them quickly resolve post-deployment issues or provide effective ongoing support, it could adversely affect our ability to sell our solutions to existing customers and harm our reputation with potential new customers, which would have an adverse effect on our business, reputation and operating results.

Weakened global economic conditions may harm our industry, business, operating results and financial condition.

Our overall performance depends in large part on global economic conditions, which may remain challenging for the foreseeable future. Global financial developments seemingly unrelated to us or the network industry may harm our business by negatively affecting the demand for networking equipment. The United States and Europe have been adversely affected in the recent past, and continue to face economic uncertainty. In addition, the growth of China’s economy has slowed in recent periods adding to concerns about global economic activity. These conditions affect the rate of spending on network services, could adversely affect our customers’ ability or willingness to purchase our solutions and could delay prospective customers’ purchasing decisions. In addition, a prolonged economic downturn could affect the viability of our current business strategy. All of these factors could reduce our revenue and harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Changes in government-sponsored programs, especially decreases in government funding, could affect the timing and buying patterns of certain of our customers, which would cause reduced sales of our solutions and fluctuations in our operating results.

Over the past several years, some of our customers were Independent Operating Companies, or IOCs, and other telecommunications network providers that benefited from federal and state subsidies. Approximately 13%, 9% and 12% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was attributable to sales of our solutions to IOCs and other service providers that used government-supported loan programs or grants to fund purchases from us, such as those originating from the Rural Utility Service, or RUS, program administered by the U.S. Department of Agriculture, and broadband stimulus programs under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. We expect that reductions in or elimination of such programs are likely, especially given the recent U.S. federal government fiscal issues, and that these support or stimulus funds will not be available to IOCs in whole or in part, which could reduce the ability of IOCs to access capital and reduce our revenue opportunities for selling our solutions to these IOCs. To the extent that any of our customers have received grants or loans under these RUS and stimulus programs, but no longer have access to such assistance, they may substantially reduce or curtail future purchases of our solutions.

Third parties may assert that we are infringing upon their intellectual property rights, which could harm our business, operating results, financial condition and growth prospects.

There is considerable patent and other intellectual property development activity, and litigation related to intellectual property rights, in the technology industry in general and the networking industry in particular. From time to time, our competitors, other third-party developers of technology or non-practicing entities, commonly referred to as “patent trolls,” have and may claim that we are infringing upon their patent, trademark and other intellectual property rights. Regardless of the merit of any such claim, responding to such claims can be time consuming, divert management’s attention and resources and may cause us to incur significant expenses. We cannot assure you that we would be successful in defending against any such claims. In addition, patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time before being published, so we cannot be certain that we were the first to conceive inventions covered by our patents or patent applications. Moreover, we cannot be certain that we are not infringing third parties’ patent or other intellectual property rights. An adverse outcome with respect to any intellectual property claim could invalidate our proprietary rights and/or force us to, among other things, do one or more of the following:

• obtain from a third party claiming infringement a license to sell or use the relevant technology, which may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all;

• stop manufacturing, selling, or using our solutions that embody the asserted intellectual property and refund to customers all or a portion of the fees related to the purchase or license of such solutions;

• pay substantial monetary damages;

• indemnify our customers and/or commercial partners against third-party claims for intellectual property infringement pursuant to indemnification obligations under our contracts, generally without limit; or

• expend significant resources to redesign our solutions that use the infringing technology and to develop or acquire non-infringing technology.

24

Additionally, if we offer employment to personnel employed or formerly employed by competitors, we may become subject to claims of unfair hiring practices and/or breaches of confidentiality related to the intellectual property of such competitors, and incur substantial costs in defending ourselves against these claims, regardless of their merits. Any of these actions could adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and growth prospects.

If we are unable to successfully manage our use of “open source” software, our ability to sell our products and services could be harmed, which could result in competitive disadvantages, and subject us to possible litigation.

We incorporate open source software code in our proprietary software that is part of both our Z-Series and Blue Planet platforms. Use of open source software can lead to greater risks than the use of proprietary or third-party commercial software since open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls with respect to origin, functionality or other features of the software. Some open source software licenses require users who distribute open source software as part of their products to publicly disclose all or part of the source code in their software and make any derivative works of the open source code generally available in source code form for limited fees or at no cost. Although we monitor our use of open source software, open source license terms may be ambiguous, and many of the risks associated with the use of open source software cannot be eliminated. If we were found to have inappropriately used open source software in our solutions, we may be required to release our proprietary source code, re-engineer our software, discontinue the sale of certain solutions in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis, or take other remedial action. Furthermore, if we fail to comply with applicable open source licenses, we may be subject to costly claims of intellectual property infringement or demands for the public release of proprietary source code. Any of the foregoing could harm our business and put us at a competitive disadvantage.

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position, ability to protect our proprietary technology and our brand could be harmed or we could be required to incur significant expense to enforce our rights.

Our success depends to a significant degree on our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. We rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including trade secret laws, copyrights, patents and trademarks, as well as customary contractual provisions. To date we have only three issued U.S. patents, and do not have any patents issued outside the United States. Moreover, our issued patents and the patent applications that we have filed may not cover important aspects of our technology, and may not be enforceable. We also license software from third parties for integration into our products, including open source software and other commercially available software. We generally control access to and use of our proprietary software and other confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, contractors, customers and partners, and our software is protected by U.S. and international copyright laws. We also incorporate certain generally available software programs into Blue Planet and our other software solutions pursuant to license agreements with third parties. These agreements may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently developed by competitors.

The steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property rights may not be adequate. Third parties may infringe or misappropriate our intellectual property rights. We may initiate claims against third parties that we believe are infringing our intellectual property rights if we are unable to resolve matters satisfactorily through negotiation. If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights adequately, our competitors could offer similar products, potentially harming our business. Our intellectual property rights may be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation. Any litigation, whether or not it is resolved in our favor, could result in significant expense to us and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel. Effective trademark, copyright, trade secret and patent protection may not be available to us in every country in which we provide our solutions. The laws of some foreign countries are not as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States, and mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights in these jurisdictions may be inadequate. We may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect our intellectual property rights, and such monitoring may be insufficient to detect all misappropriation or infringement of our rights. We may initiate claims or litigation against third parties for infringement of our intellectual property rights or to establish the validity of such rights.

25

If we lose key members of our management or engineering teams or are unable retain executives and employees that we need to support our operations and growth, our business and operating results may be harmed.

Our success depends, in large part, on the continued contributions of our key management, engineering, sales personnel and other employees, many of whom are highly skilled and would be difficult to replace. None of our senior management or key technical or sales personnel is bound by a written employment contract to remain with us for a specified period. Moreover, any of our employees may terminate their employment at any time. Many of our key employees have become, or will soon become, vested in a substantial amount of their shares of common stock or stock options. Employees may be more likely to leave us if the shares they own, or the shares underlying their stock options, have vested. In addition, we do not maintain key man life insurance covering our key personnel. The loss of the services of any of our key personnel may harm our business and operating results.

Our failure to comply with laws and regulations, including regulations affecting the import or export of products and anti-bribery laws, could harm our business.

Our business is subject to regulation by various federal, state, local and foreign governmental agencies, including agencies responsible for monitoring and enforcing employment and labor laws, workplace safety, product safety, environmental laws, consumer protection laws, anti-bribery laws, import/export controls, federal securities laws, and tax laws and regulations. In certain jurisdictions, these regulatory requirements may be more stringent than those in the United States. Noncompliance with applicable regulations or requirements could subject us to investigations, sanctions, product recalls, enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, fines, damages, civil and criminal penalties or injunctions. If any governmental sanctions are imposed, or if we do not prevail in any possible civil or criminal litigation, our business, operating results, and financial condition could be adversely affected. In addition, responding to any action will likely result in a significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and an increase in professional fees. Enforcement actions and sanctions could harm our business, reputation, operating results and financial condition. Any change in laws, regulations or related legislation, shift in approach to the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could negatively affect our ability to sell our solutions and could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Our planned international expansion creates additional regulatory challenges. Future international shipments of our solutions may require export licenses or export license exceptions. In addition, the import laws of other countries may limit our ability to distribute our solutions, or our customers’ ability to buy and use our solutions, in those countries. Changes in our solutions or changes in export and import regulations may create delays in the introduction of our solutions in international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our solutions or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our solutions to certain countries altogether. We expect that our planned expanding global operations will require us to import and export to and from several countries, resulting in additional compliance obligations.

In particular, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, the United Kingdom Bribery Act 2010, or the Bribery Act, and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Under these laws, companies are required to maintain records that accurately and fairly represent their transactions and have an adequate system of internal accounting controls. We are expanding to operate in areas of the world, including in conjunction with our channel partners, that may experience corruption by government officials to some degree and, in certain circumstances, compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. In addition, network operators in various foreign countries may have influence with government officials and many are owned in whole or in part by foreign governments or instrumentalities. We cannot assure you that our employees, channel partners or other agents will not engage in prohibited conduct and render us responsible under the FCPA, the Bribery Act or any similar anti-bribery laws in another jurisdiction. If we are found to be in violation of the FCPA, the Bribery Act or other anti-bribery laws, either due to our nascent compliance system or the acts or omission of our employees, channel partners or other agents, we could suffer criminal or civil penalties or other sanctions, which could have an adverse effect on our business.

26

Changes in telecommunications and Internet laws, regulations, rules and tariffs could impede the growth in network activity or otherwise harm our customers, which could have a negative effect on our business and operating results.

Increased regulation of telecommunications and Internet network activity or access in the United States or any country in which we do business, particularly those that have the effect of impeding, or lessening the rate of growth in, network activity, could decrease demand for our solutions. New or increased access charges for telecommunications service providers and tariffs on certain communications services could negatively affect our customers’ businesses. Further, many of our customers are subject to FCC rate regulation of interstate telecommunications services, and are recipients of federal universal service fund payments, which are intended to subsidize telecommunications services in areas that are expensive to serve. In addition, many of our customers are subject to state regulation of intrastate telecommunications services, including rates for such services, and may also receive funding from state universal service funds. Changes in rate regulations or universal service funding rules, either at the federal or state level, could adversely affect such customers’ revenue and capital spending plans. Any adoption of new laws, regulations, rules or tariffs, or changes to existing laws, regulations, rules or tariffs, that negatively affects network activity or growth or otherwise adversely affects the business of our customers could harm our business and operating results.

Industry consolidation may lead to increased competition or a decreased customer base, which could harm our business and operating results.

Consolidation in the network equipment industry has been common. Some of our competitors have made acquisitions or entered into partnerships or other strategic relationships to offer a more comprehensive solution than they had offered individually. We expect this trend to continue as companies attempt to strengthen or maintain their market positions in an evolving industry are acquired for a variety of strategic reasons or are unable to continue operations. Consolidation in our industry may result in stronger competitors that may create more compelling product offerings, be able to offer greater pricing flexibility and or terms and conditions of sale, including providing customers with substantial financing, and be better able to compete as sole-source vendors for customers. This would make it more difficult for us to compete effectively, including on the basis of price, sales and marketing programs and breadth of technology or product offerings. In addition, companies with which we have strategic partnerships may acquire or form alliances with our competitors, thereby reducing their business with us. Furthermore, continued industry consolidation may adversely affect customers’ perceptions of the viability of smaller and even medium-sized technology companies such as us and, consequently, customers’ willingness to purchase from such companies.

In addition, consolidation of network operators may lead to a reduction in the number of potential customers, with the effect that the loss of any major customer could have a greater effect on operating results than in a customer marketplace composed of more numerous participants. Consolidation among our customers may also cause delays or reductions in their capital expenditure plans and increased competitive pricing pressures as the number of available customers declines and their relative purchasing power increases in relation to suppliers. Consolidation in the number of potential customers could lead to more variability in our operating results and could have an adverse effect on our business.

27

We may expand through acquisitions of, or investments in, other companies, business or technologies which may divert our management’s attention and result in additional dilution to our stockholders, and we may be unable to integrate acquired businesses and technologies successfully or achieve the expected benefits of such acquisitions or investments.

While we have not consummated any acquisitions to date, we may evaluate and consider potential strategic transactions, including acquisitions of, or investments in, complementary businesses, technologies, services, products and other assets in the future. We also may enter into relationships with other businesses to expand our product and service offerings, which could involve preferred or exclusive licenses, additional channels of distribution, discount pricing, investments in other companies or strategic or joint venture partnership agreements. Acquisitions may disrupt our business, divert our resources and require significant management attention that would otherwise be available for development of our existing business. The anticipated benefits of any acquisition, investment or business relationship may not be realized, or we may be exposed to risks or liabilities that were unknown at the time of the acquisition or that are different from those that faced our business prior to the acquisition. Negotiating and consummating these transactions can be time-consuming, difficult and expensive, and our ability to close these transactions may often be subject to approvals that are beyond our control. Consequently, these transactions, even if undertaken and announced, may not close. For one or more of those transactions, we may:

• use cash that we may need in the future to operate our business;

• incur debt on terms unfavorable to us or that we are unable to repay;

• issue additional equity securities that would dilute our stockholders;

• increase our working capital requirements;

• incur substantial liabilities or large charges, such as impairment of goodwill or intangible assets, at the time of the transaction or for some period long after the transaction;

• encounter difficulties retaining key employees of the acquired company or integrating diverse solutions or business cultures;

• acquire companies with inadequate financial or operational reporting or control environments; and

• become subject to adverse tax consequences, substantial depreciation or deferred compensation charges.

We may not be able to address these risks successfully, or at all, without incurring significant costs, delays or other operating problems that could disrupt our business and have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and various foreign jurisdictions, and our domestic and international tax liabilities will be subject to the allocation of expenses in differing jurisdictions. Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

• changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;

• expected timing and amount of the release of tax valuation allowances;

• expiration of, or detrimental changes in, research and development tax credit laws;

• expiration or non-utilization of net operating losses;

• tax effects of stock-based compensation;

• costs related to intercompany restructurings;

• changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles or interpretations thereof; or

• future earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where we have lower statutory tax rate and higher than anticipated earnings in countries where we have higher statutory tax rates.

In addition, we may be subject to audits of our income and sales taxes by the Internal Revenue Service and other foreign and state tax authorities. Outcomes from these audits could have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

28

We may not be able to utilize a significant portion of our net operating loss or research and development tax credit carryforwards, which could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

As of December 31, 2013, we had $81.5 million of federal and $75.9 million of state net operating loss carryforwards and $4.5 million of federal and $4.9 million of California research tax credit carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income. These net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2026 for U.S. federal income tax and 2014 for state income tax purposes, and the research tax credit carryforwards begin to expire in 2027 for federal purposes, but do not expire for California purposes. U.S. federal and state income tax laws limit the amount of these carryforwards we can utilize in any given year upon a greater than 50% cumulative shift of stock ownership over a three-year period, including shifts due to the issuance of additional shares of our common stock, or securities convertible into our common stock. We may experience subsequent shifts in our stock ownership and, accordingly, there is a risk that our ability to use our existing carryforwards in the future could be limited and that existing carryforwards would be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities, which could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

We are obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting. We have not completed, and may not complete, our analysis of our internal control over financial reporting in a timely manner, or these internal controls may not be determined to be effective, which may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, at the time we file our second annual report with the SEC, we will be required to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. We are in the very early stages of the costly process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. If we are unable to certify that our internal controls are effective, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our common stock to decline, and we may be subject to investigation or sanctions by the SEC. We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC, or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart our Business Startups, or JOBS Act, if we take advantage of the exemptions contained in the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating. In addition, any remediation efforts we undertake may not be successful or enable us to avoid a material weakness in the future.

Our business is subject to the risks of earthquakes, fire, floods and other natural catastrophic events, and to interruption by manmade problems such as network security breaches, computer viruses or terrorism.

Our corporate headquarters, the manufacturing facilities of some of our suppliers, as well as our contract manufacturer’s current manufacturing facility for our Z-Series platforms, are all located in the San Francisco Bay Area, a region known for seismic activity. A significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, a fire or a flood, occurring near our headquarters, or near the facilities of our suppliers or contract manufacturer, could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Despite our implementation of network security measures, our networks and outside data center, by which we provide our Blue Planet platform, also may be vulnerable to computer viruses, break-ins and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering with our products. In addition, natural disasters, acts of terrorism or war could cause disruptions in our or our customers’ businesses, our suppliers’ and contract manufacturers’ operations or the economy as a whole. We also rely on information technology systems to communicate among our workforce and with third parties. Any disruption to our communications, whether caused by a natural disaster or by manmade problems, such as power disruptions, could adversely affect our business. To the extent that any such disruptions result in delays or cancellations of customer orders or impede our suppliers’ and contract manufacturer’s ability to timely deliver our solutions and components, the deployment of our solutions and our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

29

Risks Relating to Capitalization Matters

Our share price may be volatile.

Technology stocks, including those of companies in the network industry, have historically experienced high levels of volatility. The trading price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance. The relatively small trading volume of our stock may result in small transactions having a large impact on our stock price. Such fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our common stock. Factors that may cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate include:

• price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

• significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of technology companies in general, and of companies in the network industry in particular;

• actual or anticipated changes in our operating results or fluctuations in our operating results;

• actual or anticipated changes in the expectations of investors or securities analysts, and whether our operating results meet these expectations;

• new product or service introductions and market demand for these and our existing solutions;

• failure to meet investor expectations as a result of the timing of large customer orders;

• actual or anticipated developments in our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally;

• litigation involving us, our industry or both;

• regulatory developments in the United States, internationally or both;

• general economic conditions and trends;

• major catastrophic events;

• sales of large blocks of our stock; or

• departures of key personnel.

In addition, if either the market for technology stocks or the stock market in general experiences a loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, operating results or financial condition. The trading price of our common stock might also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies in the network industry even if these events do not directly affect us.

In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. If our stock price is volatile, we may become the target of securities litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources from our business, and this could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

If securities analysts cease to publish research or reports about our business, or if they downgrade our stock, the price of our stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock is influenced by any research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. In the event securities or industry analysts cover our company and one or more of these analysts downgrade our stock or publish unfavorable research about our business, our stock price could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

The concentration of ownership among our existing directors, executive officers and principal stockholders provide them, collectively, with substantial control over which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

Our directors, executive officers and their affiliates, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately 47% of the outstanding shares of our common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013. As a result, these stockholders, if acting together, may be able to influence or control matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers, acquisitions or other extraordinary transactions. They may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our common stock.

30

The requirements of being a public company will subject us to increased costs and may strain our resources.

As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations have and will continue to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act.

The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight will be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could adversely affect our business and operating results. We will likely need to hire more employees in the future or engage outside consultants to comply with these regulations, which will increase our costs and expenses.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards are unsuccessful or differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be adversely affected.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

For as long as we remain an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We would cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest of:

• January 1, 2019;

• the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenue is $1.0 billion or more;

• the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or

• the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

In addition, under the JOBS Act, “emerging growth companies” can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards, and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.”

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our stock. We currently intend to retain any earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. In addition, our loan facility contains restrictions on our ability to declare and pay cash dividends on our capital stock. As a result, you may only receive a return on your investment in our common stock if the market price of our common stock increases.

31

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and under Delaware law might discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the trading price of our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could depress the trading price of our common stock by acting to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management that the stockholders of our company may deem advantageous. These provisions:

• establish a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board of directors are elected at one time;

• authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could issue to increase the number of outstanding shares to discourage a takeover attempt;

• prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

• prohibit stockholders from calling a special meeting of our stockholders;

• provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws; and

• establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

Additionally, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder and which may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company.

Any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

32

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

Our headquarters occupy approximately 22,780 square feet in Petaluma, California under a lease, a portion of which expires in May 2015 and the remainder of which expires in October 2018. We have also leased additional offices in San Francisco, California and Vancouver, Canada as well as additional offices for our sales and marketing personnel in certain locations.

In July 2013, we entered into a lease for additional space in Petaluma, California. The July 2013 lease has a ten year term, estimated to commence on or about July 1, 2014 and provides for the lease of 20,005 square feet, going to 38,778 square feet in 2015.

We believe that our current facilities, together with the additional space to come on line in 2014 and 2015, are suitable and adequate to meet our current needs and we intend to add new facilities or expand existing facilities as we add employees. We believe that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate expansion of our operations.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We are not party to any legal proceedings the outcome of which, we believe, if determined adversely to us, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on our future business, consolidated results of operations, cash flows or financial position. From time to time, we may be involved in various legal proceedings arising from the normal course of our business activities. On July 24, 2013 we settled previously disclosed litigation involving a former employee. The settlement cost was recorded as a charge in the quarter ended June 30, 2013 and was not material to our results of operations.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

33

Part II.

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Our common stock is currently traded on The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CYNI” since our initial public offering on May 9, 2013.

Price Range of Our Common Stock

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices of our common stock as reported on The New York Stock Exchange.

Year Ended December 31, 2013	High		Low
Second quarter (from May 9, 2013)	$	15.05	$	9.50
Third quarter	$	11.39	$	7.85
Fourth quarter	$	10.10	$	3.61

The reported sale price for our common stock on The New York Stock Exchange was $4.05 per share on March 18, 2014.

Dividend Policy

We have never paid any cash dividends on our common stock. Our board of directors currently intends to retain any future earnings to support operations and to finance the growth and development of our business and does not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors.

Holders of Record

As of March 18, 2014 there were 68 holders of record of our common stock. Because many of our shares of common stock are held by brokers or other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the number of beneficial owners.

Company Stock Performance

The following shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or incorporated by reference into any of our other filings under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except to the extent we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing.

The following graph shows a comparison from May 9, 2013 (the date our common stock commenced trading on the New York Stock Exchange) through December 31, 2013, of the cumulative total return for our common stock, the NASDAQ Composite Index and the NASDAQ Telecommunications Index, and assumes the reinvestment of any dividends. The comparisons shown in the graph below are based upon historical data and are not intended to suggest future performance.

34

	5/9/2013		6/30/2013		9/30/2013		12/31/2013
Cyan, Inc.	$	100.00	$	93.81	$	90.22	$	47.49
NASDAQ Composite Index	$	100.00	$	100.02	$	111.22	$	123.61
NASDAQ Telecommunications Index	$	100.00	$	106.65	$	112.93	$	117.48

Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Use of Proceeds

In May, 2013, we closed our initial public offering (IPO) pursuant to which we sold 8,899,022 shares of our common stock, which includes 899,022 shares sold pursuant to the partial exercise by the underwriters of an over-allotment option, at a public offering price of $11.00 per share, resulting in net proceeds to us of approximately $87.2 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us. Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Jefferies LLC, and Pacific Crest Securities LLC acted as underwriters. No payments were made by us to directors, officers or persons owning ten percent or more of our common stock or to their associates, or to our affiliates. We maintain the funds received in cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities. There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from our IPO as described in our final prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 9, 2013. From the effective date of the registration statement through December 31, 2013, we have used the net proceeds of the offering for working capital purposes and other general corporate purposes.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

None.

35

Item 6. Selected Consolidated Financial Data

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto and with Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, which are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are derived from, and are qualified by reference to, the audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 are derived from audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011			2010
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Revenue	$	116,582		$	95,872		$	40,421		$	23,484
Cost of revenue (1)	68,376			57,315			27,074			18,263
Gross profit	48,206			38,557			13,347			5,221
Operating expenses (1):
Research and development	32,609			18,447			12,986			10,430
Sales and marketing	40,102			25,243			12,825			7,919
General and administrative	13,082			6,055			3,310			2,380
Total operating expenses	85,793			49,745			29,121			20,729
Loss from operations	(37,587		)	(11,188		)	(15,774		)	(15,508		)
Interest expense	(367		)	(33		)	(419		)	(429		)
Other income (expense), net	(2,635		)	(5,340		)	322			(406		)
Total other expense, net	(3,002		)	(5,373		)	(97		)	(835		)
Loss before provision for income taxes	(40,589		)	(16,561		)	(15,871		)	(16,343		)
Provision for income taxes	143			40			14			1
Net loss	$	(40,732	)	$	(16,601	)	$	(15,885	)	$	(16,344	)
Basic and diluted net loss per share (2)	$	(1.32	)	$	(6.60	)	$	(6.63	)	$	(7.54	)
Weighted-average number of shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share	30,836			2,515			2,396			2,167

(1)     Stock-based compensation included in the statements of operations data above was as follows (in thousands):

	Year ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011		2010
Cost of revenue	$	160	$	57	$	73	$	—
Research and development	2,348		745		338		57
Sales and marketing	2,165		656		229		66
General and administrative	2,576		639		125		72
Total stock-based compensation	$	7,249	$	2,097	$	765	$	195

(2)     See Note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock.

36

	Year ended December 31,
	2013		2012			2011
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data	(in thousands)
Cash and Cash equivalents	$	32,509	$	20,221		$	25,740
Marketable securities	31,639		—			—
Working capital	72,193		13,919			26,703
Property and equipment, net	11,155		6,485			3,791
Total assets	121,520		70,789			43,528
Total debt	5,000		12,563			45
Total deferred revenue	19,093		17,417			5,219
Preferred stock warrant liability	—		6,254			900
Redeemable convertible preferred stock	—		98,133			98,133
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)	78,937		(83,055		)	(68,675		)

37

Item 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, our expectations and statements regarding our outlook and future revenues, expenses, results of operations, liquidity, plans, strategies and objectives of management and any assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. Our actual results may differ significantly from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements and factors that might cause future actual results to differ materially from our recent results or those projected in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the section titled “Forward-Looking Information” and “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update the forward-looking statements or our risk factors for any reason.

Overview

We have pioneered innovative carrier-grade networking solutions that transform disparate and inefficient legacy networks into open, high-performance networks. Our solutions include high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms as well as a carrier-grade software-defined networking platform and related applications. We designed our Z-Series platforms to support the multiple technologies used in regional and metro networks, including both Ethernet-based and optical services. In December 2012, we introduced our Blue Planet platform, a carrier-grade software-defined networking solution purpose-built to address network operator requirements. Blue Planet is the latest implementation of our network virtualization and management software that we first introduced in 2009 to work in combination with our high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms. Customers may choose to deploy Blue Planet either on a standalone basis or integrated with our Z-Series platforms. Our solutions enable network operators to virtualize their networks, accelerate service delivery and increase scalability and performance, while reducing costs.

We were founded in October 2006 to simplify network operations and to accelerate innovation through a centralized, open, multi-vendor, software orchestration model. We launched our first Z-Series platform in September 2009. In April 2010, we launched CyMS, one of the first multi-layer network management solutions. In December 2012, we launched Blue Planet. To date, sales of our Z-Series platforms have accounted for substantially all of our revenue. Standalone sales of Blue Planet have accounted for an immaterial amount of our revenue and are expected to increase only modestly as a portion of our revenue in the near term. However, we expect that the portion of our revenue derived from standalone sales of Blue Planet will increase over the longer term.

Our customers range from service providers to high-performance data center and large, private network operators. Our solutions have been deployed primarily across North America, as well as in Asia and Europe.

Since inception, our revenue has been derived primarily from customers located in the United States. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 our largest customer was Windstream Corporation, which accounted for approximately 39%, 45% and 37% of our revenue. Additionally, Telephone and Data Systems, Inc. (TDS) represented approximately 11% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013. No other customers represented more than 10% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

In addition, approximately 13%, 9% and 12% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was attributable to Independent Operating Companies, or IOCs, and other telecommunications network providers that used government-supported loan programs or grants to fund purchases from us. Changes to or elimination of similar government programs have occurred in the past and are likely to occur in the future, especially given the current U.S. federal government fiscal issues. To the extent that any of our customers have received grants or loans under government stimulus programs, but no longer have access to such assistance, they may substantially reduce or curtail future purchases of our solutions.

Revenue from customers located outside of the United States was approximately 9%, 5% and 1% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. We expect the percentage of our revenue derived from international sales to increase modestly in the near term and more significantly in the longer term.

Our customers have historically purchased our solutions using a pay-as-you-grow approach that begins with a targeted product purchase to address specific services or portions of their networks and expands over time to additional product purchases as they experience the benefits of our solutions. The sales cycle for a new customer deployment, from the time of prospect qualification to the completion of the first sale, may span multiple quarters. Typically, after we have completed an initial customer deployment, we experience much shorter sales cycles.

38

We have historically employed a direct sales model. During 2012, we began to transition to a mixed sales channel approach, complementing our direct sales force with a channel distribution strategy, particularly in international markets. We expect to generate a substantial portion of our international sales through this network of channel partners in future periods.

We intend to continue to invest in our sales force, field operations and support capacity, deepen our engagement with our current channel partners and establish relationships with new channel partners to target our existing core markets. We also intend to target additional customer verticals, including large data center networks, governments, cable MSOs and enterprises that build and operate large, private networks.

We outsource the manufacturing of our Z-Series platforms. Our outsourced manufacturing model allows us to scale our business without the significant capital investment and ongoing expenses required to establish and maintain manufacturing operations. Our Z-Series platforms leverage industry standard components, and we work closely with our contract manufacturer and key suppliers to manage the procurement, quality and cost of these components. We seek to maintain an optimal level of finished goods inventory to meet our forecasted sales and unanticipated shifts in sales volume and mix.

We believe that our technological advantages will continue to support our growth and demand for our solutions. However, our business may be affected by future challenging economic conditions, decreased availability of capital for network infrastructure projects, as well as whether the market for Blue Planet develops. In addition, capital spending in our industry is cyclical and sporadic, can change on short notice and can fluctuate in response to outside factors such as the availability of government stimulus assistance. As a result, changes in spending behavior in any given quarter or during any economic downturn can reduce our revenue. Spending on network construction, maintenance, expansion and upgrades is also affected by seasonality, delays in the purchasing cycles and reductions in budgets of network operators. Finally, we may face direct and indirect risks as a result of our planned international expansion, including expenses of doing business in multiple jurisdictions, differing regulatory environments, foreign currency fluctuations and varying collection practices.

In May 2013, we closed our initial public offering (IPO) whereby 8,899,022 shares of common stock were sold to the public, including 899,022 shares of common stock issued pursuant to the partial exercise of the overallotment option granted to the underwriters. The aggregate net proceeds we received from the offering were $87.2 million, net of underwriting discounts and issuance expenses. Upon the closing of the IPO, all shares of our outstanding convertible preferred stock automatically converted into 33,897,005 shares of common stock. In addition, certain warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock were exercised resulting in the issuance of 792,361 shares of common stock and the remaining outstanding warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock were converted into warrants to purchase 115,001 shares of common stock. In November 2013, the remaining warrants to purchase common stock were net exercised resulting in the issuance of 83,349 shares of common stock.

How We Generate Revenue

We generate revenue primarily from the sales of our Z-Series platforms and licenses to our Blue Planet software-defined networking solutions and various professional service fees.

Cyan Z-Series

Our Z-Series hardware is a family of high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms. Each Z-Series platform is comprised of a chassis that supports a variety of interchangeable Z-Series line cards to provide a wide range of network applications. Our customers make an initial purchase of chassis and line cards to address their particular network deployment needs, then typically make subsequent purchases of line cards and/or larger chassis as the capacity and service needs of their networks evolve. The majority of our revenue is generated from sales of our Z-Series platforms. We generally recognize product revenue at the time of shipment provided that all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Cyan Blue Planet

In December 2012, we expanded our network virtualization and management software offerings with the commercial launch of Blue Planet. Blue Planet is the latest implementation of the network virtualization and management software that we first introduced in 2009 to work in combination with our Z-Series platforms. Blue Planet is available to customers regardless of whether they have deployed our Z-Series platforms in their networks. Customers may purchase Blue Planet using standard configurations to address common network needs or may customize their implementations by pairing the Blue Planet orchestration layer with their own selection of applications and element adapters. We offer Blue Planet on a variety of models. Where we sell Blue Planet on a term license basis or on a software-as-a-service (SaaS) basis deployed from the cloud, we invoice customers for the entire contract amount at the start of the contract term, which will lead to the majority of these invoiced amounts being treated as deferred revenue that will be recognized ratably over the term of the contract. While term-based licenses make up the majority of related revenues, we occasionally license software to customers on a perpetual basis with on-going support and maintenance services. Revenue from software that functions together with the tangible hardware elements to deliver the tangible products’ essential functionality is generally recognized upon shipment assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.  Revenue from application software and related software elements which are not considered essential to the functionality of hardware is accounted for in accordance with software industry guidance, and therefore is recognized ratably over the longest service period for post-contract customer support, or PCS, and professional services as we have not established VSOE for software or the related software elements.

CyNOC Professional Services

Our CyNOC offering is a network operations center service through which we monitor, and, in some cases, manage our customers’ multi-vendor networks. Additionally, a number of our customers which maintain their own internal NOC leverage our services as a backup NOC. These services are typically sold to our customers for a one-year term at the time of the initial product sale and renewed on an annual basis thereafter.

Maintenance, Support and Training Services

We offer Cyan PRO professional services, including our CySupport and CyService offerings, to provide a variety of customer service products and support through our technical support engineers as well as through our growing network of authorized and certified channel partners. These services are sold to our customers at the time of the initial product sale, typically for one-year terms that customers may choose to renew for successive annual or multi-year periods. These services are invoiced separately at the time of the initial product sale.

We also provide training and other professional services to our end-customers, including services related to the implementation, use, functionality and ongoing maintenance of our products. These services are invoiced separately when the services are delivered.

Deferred Revenue

Our deferred revenue consists of amounts that have been invoiced but that have not yet been recognized as revenue as of the period end, pending completion of the revenue recognition process. Our deferred revenue was $19.1 million and $17.4 million as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. The majority of our deferred revenue consists of amounts related to sales of our Z-Series platforms, and relates primarily to shipped and billed hardware awaiting customer acceptance. The remainder consists primarily of term license, support and maintenance revenue that is recognized ratably over the contractual service period. We monitor our deferred revenue balance because it represents a significant portion of revenue to be recognized in future periods. Over the longer term, we expect that the proportion of our deferred revenue relating to Blue Planet will increase relative to Z-Series related deferred revenue. In most cases, we expect to invoice our customers for the entire contract amount at the start of the Blue Planet license term, which will lead to the majority of these invoiced amounts being treated as deferred revenue and recognized ratably over the term of the contract.

39

Components of Operating Results

Revenue

Our revenue has grown rapidly since our inception, increasing from $40.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, to $95.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, and to $116.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. We believe that our revenue growth is a positive sign that our products have a significant value proposition to our customers and that the markets that we compete in are still expanding.

Costs of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of manufacturing costs of our products payable to our contract manufacturer. Our cost of revenue also includes third-party manufacturing and supply chain logistics costs, provisions for excess and obsolete inventory, warranty, hosting costs, certain allocated costs for facilities, depreciation and other expenses associated with logistics and quality control. Additionally, it includes salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation for personnel directly involved with manufacturing, installation, maintenance and support services and the provision of Blue Planet.

Gross Margin

Gross margin, or gross profit as a percentage of revenue, has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors. In the near term, we generally expect gross margin to increase modestly as a result of our continued efforts and those of our contract manufacturer to manage our supply chain and raw materials pricing and scale efficiencies in our production model, as well as shifts in product mix from line cards that are more focused on pure optical transport to line cards with packet handling capabilities. In the longer term, we expect that the market adoption of Blue Planet, and the resulting increase in Blue Planet revenue as a percentage of our revenue, will contribute to increases in gross margin. From time to time, however, we may experience lower gross margin in any particular period as a result of large initial deployments. These deployments typically include a significant proportion of lower-margin Z-Series chassis. As our customers expand their networks after large initial deployments, they typically purchase additional higher-margin line cards.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses. Personnel-related costs, including stock-based compensation, commission and bonus, are the most significant component of each of these expense categories. The increase in employees is the most significant driver behind the increase in costs and operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to prior year periods. The timing and number of additional hires has and could materially affect our operating expenses, both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue, in any particular period.

Research and Development.    Research and development expense consists primarily of personnel and consultant costs. Research and development expense also includes costs for prototypes, product certification, travel, depreciation, recruiting and allocated costs for certain facilities costs.

Sales and Marketing.    Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of personnel costs including commission costs. We expense commission costs as incurred. Sales and marketing expense also includes the costs of trade shows, marketing programs, promotional materials, demonstration equipment, travel, depreciation, recruiting and allocated costs for certain facilities costs.

General and Administrative.    General and administrative expense consists of personnel costs, professional services costs as well as allocated costs for certain facilities costs. General and administrative personnel include our executive, finance, human resources, IT and legal organizations. Professional services consist primarily of legal, auditing, accounting, and other consulting costs.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense was $7.2 million, $2.1 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. We expect to continue to incur significant stock-based compensation expense and anticipate further growth in stock-based compensation expense as our employee base grows because we expect stock-based compensation to continue to play an important part in the overall compensation structure for our employees.

40

Stock-based compensation included in the statements of operations data above was as follows (in thousands):

	Year ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Cost of revenue	$	160	$	57	$	73
Research and development	2,348		745		338
Sales and marketing	2,165		656		229
General and administrative	2,576		639		125
Total stock-based compensation	$	7,249	$	2,097	$	765

Significant Factors, Assumptions and Methodologies Used in Determining Fair Value

Prior to our initial public offering in May 2013, the fair values of the common stock underlying share-based payment awards had been determined by the board of directors, with input from management. In the absence of a publicly traded market for the Company's common stock, the board of directors determined the fair value of the common stock in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.

We determined a business enterprise value of our company by taking a weighted combination of the enterprise values calculated under two valuation approaches, an income approach and a market approach.

The income approach estimates the present value of future estimated debt-free cash flows, based upon forecasted revenue and costs. These discounted cash flows were added to the present value of our estimated enterprise terminal value, the multiple of which was derived from comparable company market data. These future cash flows were discounted to their present values using a rate corresponding to our estimated weighted average cost of capital. The discount rate was derived from an analysis of the weighted average cost of capital of our publicly-traded peer group as of the valuation date and was adjusted to reflect the risk inherent in our cash flows.

The market approach estimates the fair value of a company by applying to that company the market multiples of comparable publicly-traded companies. We calculated a multiple of key metrics implied by the enterprise values or acquisition values of our publicly-traded peers. Based on the range of these observed multiples, we applied judgment in determining an appropriate multiple to apply to our metrics in order to derive an indication of value.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists of interest on our notes payable as well as amortization of loan fees. In December 2012, we established a new loan facility consisting of a revolving loan facility and a term loan facility governed by a Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, or SVB. Under the revolving loan facility, we may, from time to time, borrow up to $10.0 million due December 2014 at a floating annual interest rate equal to the greater of 3.25% or the prime rate (3.25% as of December 31, 2013). Under the term loan facility we may, from time to time, borrow up to $5.0 million due 48 months following an advance at an annual interest rate equal to the prime rate plus 0.5%, which will float for the first 12 months of the loan and will be fixed thereafter. Borrowings under the loan facility are secured by a first-priority security interest in our assets, excluding our intellectual property and certain other assets. Borrowings under the loan facility are subject to our compliance with certain negative and affirmative covenants, including financial covenants, covenants relating to our ability to incur other indebtedness, our maintenance of depository accounts with SVB, our selling assets or entering into change of control transactions, liens on our assets and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders. As of December 31, 2013 we had drawn down $5.0 million as term loans and zero as revolving loans under the agreement.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net consists primarily of the change in fair value of our preferred stock warrant liability offset in part by interest income. Prior to the closing of the IPO, we re-measured the fair value of the preferred stock warrants at each balance sheet date. The fair value of the outstanding warrants was classified within current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets, and any changes in fair value were recognized as a component of other income (expenses), net in the consolidated statements of operations.

41

Upon the closing of the IPO, the preferred stock warrant liability was reclassified from current liabilities to additional paid-in capital. We performed the final re-measurement of the warrant in May 2013 in connection with completion of the IPO.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes consists primarily of federal and state income taxes in the United States and income taxes in foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business. Due to the uncertainty as to the realization of the benefits of our domestic deferred tax assets (including net operating loss carryforwards and research and development and other tax credits), we have a full valuation allowance reserved against such assets. We expect to maintain this full valuation allowance in the near term. We also expect our provision for income taxes to increase in future years.

Our corporate structure includes legal entities located in jurisdictions with income tax rates lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate. Our intercompany arrangements allocate income to such entities in accordance with arm’s-length principles and commensurate with functions performed, risks assumed and ownership of corporate assets. This includes the manner in which we develop and use our intellectual property as well as the transfer pricing of intercompany transactions.    

As of December 31, 2013 we had $81.5 million of federal and $75.9 million of state net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income. These net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2026 for U.S. federal income tax and 2014 for state income tax purposes. Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards to offset any future taxable income may currently, or in the future be subject to limitations in the event that we experience a change of ownership as defined by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Internal Revenue Code. We established a full valuation allowance to offset net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 due to the uncertainty of realizing future tax benefits from its net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards and other deferred tax assets.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). These accounting principles require us to make certain estimates and judgments that can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the periods presented. We believe that the estimates and judgments upon which we rely are reasonable based upon information available to us at the time that these estimates and judgments are made. To the extent there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our consolidated financial statements could be adversely affected.

The accounting policies that reflect our more significant estimates, judgments and assumptions and which we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results include the following: revenue recognition, lease receivables, inventory valuation, warranty, income taxes and stock-based compensation. Our critical accounting policies have been discussed with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

Revenue Recognition — Revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met:

• Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists. Customer purchase orders, along with master purchase contracts, where applicable, are generally used to determine the existence of an arrangement.

• Delivery has occurred. Shipping documents and customer acceptance, when applicable, are used to verify delivery.

• The price is fixed or determinable. We assess whether the price is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms associated with the transaction and whether the sales price is subject to refund or adjustment.

• Collectability is reasonably assured. We assess collectability based primarily on the creditworthiness of the customer as determined by credit checks and analysis, as well as the customer’s payment history.

We derive revenue primarily from the sales of our hardware and software products as well as professional services. Shipping charges billed to customers are included in revenue.

From time to time, we offer customers sales incentives, including discounts. Revenue is recorded net of these amounts.

Customer payment terms generally range from 30 to 90 days. We generally do not offer extended payment terms.

A portion of our sales are made through multi-year lease agreements.  These lease agreements include a bargain purchase option and meet the criteria for treatment as sales-type leases. Under sales-type leases, we recognize revenue for our hardware products, net of post-installation product maintenance and technical support, at the net present value of the lease

42

payment stream at the point in time the lessee has the right to use the underlying asset. We seek to optimize our cash flows by selling a majority of our lease receivables to third party financing organizations on a non-recourse basis.  Aside from our standard product warranty which is provided in the normal course of business, we have no obligation to the third party financing organizations once the lease receivables have been sold. Pursuant to such a sale, if we retain no substantial risk of default by the lessee nor provide any guarantee of residual value of the underlying leased equipment, then the related lease receivables will be derecognized. Some of our sales-type leases may remain unsold at any particular period end.

In general, our products and services qualify as separate units of accounting. Products are typically considered delivered upon shipment. In certain cases, our products are sold along with services, which include installation, training, remote network monitoring services, post-sales software support, software-as-a-service (SaaS) based subscriptions, and/or extended warranty services. Post-sales software support includes rights, on a when-and-if-available basis, to receive unspecified software product upgrades to embedded software or our management software; maintenance releases; and patches released during the term of the support contract. This type of transaction is considered a multiple-element arrangement. When accounting for multiple-element arrangements, GAAP requires us to allocate revenue to individual elements using vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE), third-party evidence (TPE), or our best estimated selling price (BESP) of deliverables if VSOE or TPE cannot be determined.

Multiple-element arrangements can include any combination of products and services. When allocating consideration, we will first do so on the basis of the deliverables’ relative selling prices, without regard to any contingent consideration, and then subsequently determine whether the revenue that may be recognized is limited based on the amount of non-contingent revenue. To the extent that the stated contractual prices agree to our estimated selling price on a standalone basis, the allocation of the consideration is based on stated contractual prices. However, if the stated contractual price for any deliverable is outside a narrow range of the estimated selling price on a standalone basis, the allocation is adjusted using the “relative-selling-price method.” Generally, the individual products and services meet the criteria for separate units of accounting and we recognize revenue for each element upon delivery of the element.

We have not yet established VSOE for all deliverables in our arrangements with multiple elements. When VSOE cannot be established, we attempt to establish the selling price of each element based upon TPE by evaluating the pricing of similar and interchangeable competitor products or services in standalone arrangements. However, as our products contain a significant element of proprietary technology and offer substantially different features and functionality from competitors, we have not been able to obtain comparable standalone pricing information with respect to competitors’ products. Therefore, we have historically not been able to obtain reliable evidence of TPE.

When we are unable to establish a selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use BESP. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the element was sold on a standalone basis.

We determine BESP for an element by considering multiple factors, including, but not limited to, geographies, market conditions, competitive landscape, internal costs, gross margin objectives, characteristics of targeted customers, and pricing practices. The determination of BESP is made through consultation with and formal approval by management, taking into consideration the go-to-market strategy. We regularly review VSOE, TPE, and BESP and have a process for the establishment and updating of these estimates.

Post-sales software support revenue and extended warranty services revenue are deferred and recognized ratably over the period during which the services are to be performed. Installation and training service revenues are recognized upon delivery or completion of performance. These service arrangements are typically short-term in nature and are largely completed shortly after delivery of the product.

We also deliver software-defined networking solutions to customers most frequently on a term license basis, with terms typically ranging from 12 to 36 months. While term-based licenses make up the majority of related revenues, we occasionally license software to customers on a perpetual basis with on-going support and maintenance services. Revenue from software that functions together with the tangible hardware elements to deliver the tangible products’ essential functionality is generally recognized upon shipment assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.  Revenue from application software and related software elements which are not considered essential to the functionality of hardware is accounted for in accordance with software industry guidance, and therefore is recognized ratably over the longest service period for post-contract customer support, or PCS, and professional services as we have not established VSOE for software or the related software elements.

In instances where substantive acceptance provisions are specified in the customer agreement, revenue is deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. Our arrangements generally do not include any provisions for cancellation, termination or refunds that would materially impact revenue recognition.

43

We enter into arrangements with certain customers who receive government supported loans and grants from the U.S. Department of Agriculture’s Rural Utility Service (RUS) to finance capital spending. Under the terms of an RUS equipment contract that includes installation services, the customer does not take possession and control and the title does not pass until formal acceptance is obtained from the customer. Under this type of arrangement, we do not recognize revenue until it has received formal acceptance from the customer and all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

When our products have been delivered but the product revenue associated with the arrangement has been deferred as a result of not meeting the revenue recognition criteria, the related product costs are also deferred and included in deferred costs in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Lease Receivables — During the year ended December 31, 2013 we provided lease arrangements for one customer. We classify these arrangements as lease receivables, which represent sales-type leases resulting from the sale of our products. Lease receivables consist of arrangements with this customer, which generally have three year terms. We retain title to the underlying assets for the term of the lease or until the point in time at which the lease receivable is sold to a third party financing organization. Aside from standard product warranty which is provided in the normal course of business, we have no obligation to the third party financing organizations once the lease receivables have been sold. Pursuant to such a sale, if we retain no substantial risk of default by the lessee nor provide any guarantee of residual value of the underlying leased equipment, then the related lease receivables will be derecognized.

We assess the allowance for credit loss related to lease receivables on an individual basis. If applicable, we maintain an allowance for credit losses resulting from the inability or unwillingness of our customers to make required payments. We record a specific allowance based on an analysis of individual past-due balances, including evaluations of the customers’ financial condition. These evaluations require significant judgment and are based on a variety of factors, including but not limited to, current economic trends, payment history, and financial review of the customer.

Outstanding leasing receivables that are aged 30 days or more from the contractual payment date are considered past due. Leasing receivables may be placed on nonaccrual status earlier if, in management’s opinion, a timely collection of the full principal and interest becomes uncertain. After a lease receivable has been categorized as nonaccrual, interest will be recognized when cash is received. A lease receivable may be returned to accrual status after all of the customer’s delinquent balances of principal and interest have been settled and the customer remains current for an appropriate period.

In addition, when the evaluation indicates that it is probable that any amounts due pursuant to the contractual terms of the lease agreement, including scheduled interest payments, are unable to be collected, the leasing receivable is considered impaired. All such outstanding amounts, including any accrued interest, will be assessed for potential reserve at the individual customer level. Lease receivables are written off at the point when they are considered uncollectible and all outstanding balances, including any previously earned but uncollected interest income, will be reversed and charged against the allowance for credit losses.

Actual collection losses may differ from management’s estimates, and such differences could be material to our consolidated financial position and results of operations. As of December 31, 2013 we had $0.6 million of lease receivables and no allowance for credit losses as of that date. We had no lease receivables as of December 31, 2012.

Inventories — Inventories consisting of finished goods purchased from the contract manufacturer are stated at the lower of cost or market value, with cost being determined using standard cost, which approximates actual cost, on a first-in, first-out basis. We regularly monitor inventory quantities on hand and on order and records write-downs as a component of cost of revenue for excess and obsolete inventories based on our estimate of the demand for our products, potential obsolescence of technology, product life cycles, and whether pricing trends or forecasts indicate that the carrying value of inventory exceeds its estimated selling price. These factors are affected by market and economic conditions, technology changes, and new product introductions and require estimates that may include elements that are uncertain. Actual demand may differ from forecasted demand and may have a material effect on gross margins. If inventory is written down, a new cost basis will be established that cannot be increased in future periods.

Warranties — We generally offer limited warranties for our hardware products for periods of one to eight years. We recognize estimated costs related to warranty activities as a component of cost of revenue upon product shipment. The estimates are based upon historical product failure rates and historical costs incurred in correcting product failures. The recorded amount is adjusted from time to time for specifically identified warranty exposures. Actual warranty expenses are charged against our estimated warranty liability when incurred. Factors that affect our liability include the number of installed units, historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims and the cost per claim.

Additionally, we offer separately priced extended warranty contracts for coverage beyond the standard warranty period. We expense all warranty costs as incurred related to such extended warranty contracts.

44

Income Taxes — We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax laws is recognized in the consolidated statement of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amounts more-likely-than-not expected to be realized.

As part of the process of preparing the consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate income tax expense and uncertain tax positions in each of the tax jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating current income tax expense together with assessing temporary differences in the treatment of items for tax purposes versus financial accounting purposes that may create net deferred tax assets and liabilities. We rely on estimates and assumptions in preparing our income tax provision.

We are subject to periodic audits by the Internal Revenue Service and other taxing authorities. We recognize the tax benefit of an uncertain tax position only if it is more-likely-than-not that the position is sustainable upon examination by the taxing authority based on the technical merits. The tax benefit recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit which is greater than 50 percent likely to be realized upon settlement with the taxing authority. We recognize interest accrued and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the income tax provision.

Stock–Based Compensation — Wemeasure and recognize stock-based compensation expense in the financial statements for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors based on the estimated fair values on the date of grant using the Black- Scholes option-pricing model.

Prior to our initial public offering in May 2013, the fair values of the common stock underlying share-based payment awards was determined by the board of directors, with input from management and a third-party valuation specialist. In the absence of a publicly traded market for our common stock, the board of directors determined the fair value of the common stock in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.

We determine the fair value of a share based payment award on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model which is affected by assumptions regarding a number of subjective variables. These variables include our expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the awards, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends. The expected term represents the period that the award is expected to be outstanding. The expected term of stock options was estimated based on the simplified method that takes into consideration the vesting and contractual terms. Volatility is estimated based on the average of the historical volatilities of the common stock of our peer group in the industry in which we do business, with characteristics similar to those of ours. We use the U.S. Treasury yield for the risk-free interest rate and a dividend yield of zero, as we do not issue dividends.

In addition to assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation of awards. The estimated forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of actual forfeitures and will continue to be evaluated based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover behavior and other factors. Further, to the extent that the actual forfeiture rate is different from this estimate, which could be material, stock-based compensation is adjusted accordingly.

New Accounting Pronouncements — The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2013-11, "Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists" on July 18, 2013. The ASU concludes an unrecognized tax benefit should be presented as a reduction of a deferred tax asset when settlement in this manner is available under the law. We will adopt this amendment as of January 2014. We do not anticipate that the adoption of this standard will have a material effect on our

financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

45

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented and as a percentage of our revenue for those periods. The period-to-period comparison of our financial results is not necessarily indicative of our future results.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Revenue	$	116,582		$	95,872		$	40,421
Cost of revenue	68,376			57,315			27,074
Gross profit	48,206			38,557			13,347
Operating expenses:
Research and development	32,609			18,447			12,986
Sales and marketing	40,102			25,243			12,825
General and administrative	13,082			6,055			3,310
Total operating expenses	85,793			49,745			29,121
Loss from operations	(37,587		)	(11,188		)	(15,774		)
Interest expense	(367		)	(33		)	(419		)
Other income (expense), net	(2,635		)	(5,340		)	322
Total other expense, net	(3,002		)	(5,373		)	(97		)
Loss before provision for income taxes	(40,589		)	(16,561		)	(15,871		)
Provision for income taxes	143			40			14
Net loss	$	(40,732	)	$	(16,601	)	$	(15,885	)
Basic and diluted net loss per share	$	(1.32	)	$	(6.60	)	$	(6.63	)
Weighted-average number of shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share	30,836			2,515			2,396

46

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Revenue	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%
Cost of revenue	58.7	%	59.8	%	67.0	%
Gross profit	41.3	%	40.2	%	33.0	%
Operating expenses:
Research and development	28.0	%	19.2	%	32.1	%
Sales and marketing	34.4	%	26.4	%	31.7	%
General and administrative	11.2	%	6.3	%	8.2	%
Total operating expenses	73.6	%	51.9	%	72.0	%
Loss from operations	(32.3	)%	(11.7	)%	(39.0	)%
Interest expense	(0.3	)%	—		(1.0	)%
Other income (expense), net	(2.3	)%	(5.6	)%	0.7	%
Total other expense, net	(2.6	)%	(5.6	)%	(0.3	)%
Loss before provision for income taxes	(34.9	)%	(17.3	)%	(39.3	)%
Provision for income taxes	0.1	%	—		—
Net loss	(35.0	)%	(17.3	)%	(39.3	)%

Revenue

	Year ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
	(dollars in thousands)
Revenue	$	116,582	$	95,872	$	40,421

Revenue increased by $20.7 million or 22%, from the year ended December 31, 2012 to the year ended December 31, 2013, and $55.5 million or 137%, from the year ended December 31, 2011 to the year ended December 31, 2012.

This increase was primarily attributable to increased unit shipments of our Z-Series platforms. We believe that the continued growth in bandwidth demand and increased acceptance of our software-defined networking technology and our high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms, as an alternative to router-based architecture, will continue to drive our long-term revenue growth. Our revenue growth, however, is susceptible to quarter to quarter fluctuations. For example, revenue in the fourth quarter of 2013 declined by $16.8 million, or 45%, from the level achieved in the third quarter of 2013. This decline was primarily a result of decreased revenue from our largest customer as well as lower than anticipated revenue from other customers that had largely depleted their 2013 capital budgets. We anticipate our first quarter 2014 revenue will be lower than the revenue we recorded in the fourth quarter of 2013.

Approximately 9%, 5% and 1% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were attributable to customers located outside the United States. We continue to expand into international locations and introduce our products in new markets and expect international revenue to increase in dollar amount over time.

To drive and support this growing demand and increase in our revenue, we increased our sales and marketing headcount by 48, or 52%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 and by 46, or 98%, for the year ended December 31, 2012.

47

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin

	Year ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(dollars in thousands)
Cost of Revenue	$	68,376		$	57,315		$	27,074
Gross Profit	$	48,206		$	38,557		$	13,347
Gross Margin	41.3		%	40.2		%	33.0		%

Cost of revenue increased by $11.1 million or 19.3%, and gross profit increased by $9.6 million or 25.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 from the year ended December 31, 2012, corresponding to the increased revenue. Gross margin increased by 1.1% to 41.3% from 40.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in gross margin during this period was attributable to a shift in product mix as well as component and materials cost reductions, partially offset by a $1.0 million write-down for slow moving inventory in the fourth quarter of 2013.

Cost of revenue increased by $30.2 million or 112%, and gross profit increased by $25.2 million or 189% for the year ended December 31, 2012 from the year ended December 31, 2011 corresponding to the increased revenue. Gross margin increased by 7.2%, to 40.2% from 33%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in gross margin during this period was attributable to component and materials cost reductions as well as a decrease in our manufacturing overhead resulting from scale efficiencies as a result of higher volume production.

We expect our gross margin to generally continue to improve as a result of continued increases in sales of higher margin products, the addition of software revenue to our revenue stream and ongoing component and materials cost reductions. Our gross margin, however, may fluctuate from quarter to quarter depending primarily on the product mix sold.

Research and Development

	Year ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(dollars in thousands)
Research and development	$	32,609		$	18,447		$	12,986
Percent of total revenue	28.0		%	19.2		%	32.1		%

Research and development expense increased by $14.2 million, or 76.8%, from the year ended December 31, 2012 to the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily due to an increase in personnel-related costs of $9.3 million (including a $1.6 million increase in stock-based compensation) resulting from an increase in headcount of 42, or 43%, primarily to support continued investment in Blue Planet and our Z-Series platforms. Additional components of the increase include an increase in consulting and outside services of $2.5 million.

Research and development expense increased by $5.5 million, or 42.1%, from the year ended December 31, 2011 to the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to an increase in personnel-related expenses of $5.0 million (including a $0.4 million increase in stock-based compensation) resulting from an increase in headcount of 37, primarily to support continued investment in Blue Planet and our Z-Series platforms. Additional components of the increase include an increase of $0.8 million in consulting expenses and an increase of $0.3 million in depreciation of property and equipment to support our product development efforts. These increases were partially offset in part by a $0.8 million decrease in expensed prototypes and supplies.

We expect our research and development expenses to increase in dollar amount as we continue to invest in personnel and engineering projects to expand our product portfolio. We expect these expenses to fluctuate somewhat from quarter to quarter as a percent of revenue.

48

Sales and Marketing

	Year ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(dollars in thousands)
Sales and Marketing	$	40,102		$	25,243		$	12,825
Percent of total revenue	34.4		%	26.4		%	31.7		%

Sales and marketing expense increased by $14.9 million, or 58.9%, from the year ended December 31, 2012 to the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily due to an increase of $8.8 million (including a $1.5 million increase in stock-based compensation) in personnel-related expenses due to the expansion of our sales force. To drive increasing revenue, we increased our sales and marketing headcount by 48 from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013, representing an increase of 52%. We also experienced increases in marketing and advertising expenses of $1.7 million and travel and related expenses of $1.6 million as we continue to expand into international locations and introduce our products in new markets.

Sales and marketing expense increased by $12.4 million, or 96.8%, from the year ended December 31, 2011 to the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to an increase of $6.4 million (including a $0.4 million increase in stock-based compensation) in personnel-related expenses due to the expansion of our sales force. Sales and marketing headcount increased by 46 from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012, representing an increase of 98%. As a result of increasing our sales and marketing headcount and international expansion, we also experienced increases in travel and related expenses of $1.8 million and consulting and outside services of $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. Commission expenses also increased by $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 due to the increased revenue for the period.

We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase in dollar amount as we continue to invest in sales and marketing personnel and activities, particularly in international markets. We expect these expenses to fluctuate somewhat from quarter to quarter as a percent of revenue.

General and Administrative

	Year ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(dollars in thousands)
General and administrative	$	13,082		$	6,055		$	3,310
Percent of total revenue	11.2		%	6.3		%	8.2		%

General and administrative expense increased by $7.0 million, or 116.1%, from the year ended December 31, 2012 to the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to increased personnel-related expenses of $3.6 million (including a $1.9 million increase in stock-based compensation). We increased our general and administrative headcount by 6 from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013, representing an increase of 30%. This increase in general and administrative headcount related to hiring of additional executive and other administrative employees to support our growth and our public company reporting obligations. Additional components of the increase included increases in accounting, legal and consulting related expenses of $2.3 million.

General and administrative expense increased by $2.7 million, or 82.9%, from the year ended December 31, 2011 to the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to an increase in headcount of 11, which resulted in increased personnel-related expenses of $1.8 million (including a $0.5 million increase in stock-based compensation) due to the hiring of additional executive and other administrative employees to support our growth. Additional components included modest increases in accounting related expenses and increased legal costs.

We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase modestly in dollar amount as we continue to build our infrastructure to support our expanded activities and public company reporting responsibilities. We expect these expenses to fluctuate somewhat from quarter to quarter as a percent of revenue.

49

Interest Expense

	Year ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
	(dollars in thousands)
Interest expense	(367	)	(33	)	(419	)

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 related to obligations under our revolving loans and term loans, which were entered into during December 2012. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 we have drawn down $5.0 million and $5.0 million as term loans and zero and $7.6 million as revolving loans. Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 related to our notes payable, which matured and were fully repaid in the first quarter of 2012.

Other Income (Expense), Net

	Year ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(dollars in thousands)
Interest income	$	79		33			$	14
Preferred stock warrant liabilities	(2,602		)	(5,354		)	313
Foreign currency	(82		)	(20		)	(6		)
Other	(30		)	1			1
Other Income (expense), net	$	(2,635	)	$	(5,340	)	$	322

Other income (expense), net changed from an expense of $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to an expense of $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily due to the change in value of the preferred stock warrant liabilities. Upon completion of the IPO in May 2013, the preferred stock warrant liability was re-classed to additional paid-in capital.

Other income (expense), net changed from income of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to an expense of $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily due to the change in value of the preferred stock warrant liabilities of $5.4 million. This change was due to the increase in the underlying valuation of our capital stock, which was partially offset by the decrease in the expected term of the warrant as it came closer to expiration.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for each of the eight quarters ended December 31, 2013. In management’s opinion, the data has been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and reflects all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of this data. This data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for a full year or any future period.

50

	Three Months Ended
	Mar. 31,			June 30,			Sept. 30,			Dec. 31,			Mar. 31,			June 30,			Sept. 30,			Dec. 31,
	2012			2012			2012			2012			2013			2013			2013			2013
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Revenue	$	14,187		$	23,069		$	28,843		$	29,773		$	26,319		$	31,686		$	37,694		$	20,883
Cost of revenue	8,467			13,456			17,572			17,820			15,402			17,936			22,605			12,433
Gross profit	5,720			9,613			11,271			11,953			10,917			13,750			15,089			8,450
Operating expenses:
Research and development	3,552			3,864			4,889			6,142			7,239			8,158			9,220			7,992
Sales and marketing	4,774			5,607			6,798			8,064			8,017			10,821			10,518			10,746
General and administrative	910			1,236			1,741			2,168			2,863			3,095			3,895			3,229
Total operating expenses	9,236			10,707			13,428			16,374			18,119			22,074			23,633			21,967
Loss from operations	(3,516		)	(1,094		)	(2,157		)	(4,421		)	(7,202		)	(8,324		)	(8,544		)	(13,517		)
Other income (expense), net	(376		)	(374		)	(1,041		)	(3,582		)	(2,127		)	(743		)	(42		)	(90		)
Loss before provision for income taxes	(3,892		)	(1,468		)	(3,198		)	(8,003		)	(9,329		)	(9,067		)	(8,586		)	(13,607		)
Provision for income taxes	8			9			10			13			21			21			25			76
Net loss	$	(3,900	)	$	(1,477	)	$	(3,208	)	$	(8,016	)	$	(9,350	)	$	(9,088	)	$	(8,611	)	$	(13,683	)
Basic and diluted net loss per share	$	(1.60	)	$	(0.59	)	$	(1.26	)	$	(3.13	)	$	(3.61	)	$	(0.33	)	$	(0.19	)	$	(0.29	)
Weighted-average number of shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share	2,441			2,512			2,545			2,563			2,593			27,425			46,262			46,412

Stock-based compensation included in the statements of operations data above was as follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended
	Mar. 31,		June 30,		Sept. 30,		Dec. 31,		Mar. 31,		June 30,		Sept. 30,		Dec. 31,
	2012		2012		2012		2012		2013		2013		2013		2013
Cost of revenue	$	8	$	8	$	9	$	32	$	29	$	31	$	61	$	39
Research and development	105		116		163		361		401		511		773		663
Sales and marketing	90		113		169		284		313		560		571		721
General and administrative	49		108		225		257		319		738		793		726
Total stock-based compensation	$	252	$	345	$	566	$	934	$	1,062	$	1,840	$	2,198	$	2,149

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We had cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $64.1 million at December 31, 2013. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and money market funds. Marketable securities, which were held as available for sale at December 31, 2013, consist of U.S. treasury securities, U.S. government-sponsored agency securities, commercial paper, corporate bonds and municipal bonds. The fair value of marketable securities is determined as the exit price in the principal market in which we would transact. The fair value of our marketable securities has not materially fluctuated from amortized cost. The accumulated gross unrealized losses, net of tax, on marketable securities recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss in our stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2013 are not significant.

Generally, our marketable securities have contractual maturity dates up to two years from our date of purchase and active markets for these securities exist. We classify our available-for-sale marketable securities as short-term marketable securities in our consolidated balance sheet based on management's intention to have the funds available for use in operations or strategic investments rather than actual maturity dates.

During the year ended December 31, 2013 we provided lease arrangements for one qualified end-user customer. We classify these arrangements as lease receivables, which represent sales-type leases resulting from the sale of our products. Lease receivables consist of arrangements with this customer and generally have three year terms. As of December 31, 2013

51

and 2012, we had $0.6 million and zero of lease receivables. Actual cash collections may differ from the contractual maturities due to early customer buyouts, refinancings, or defaults.

In the three months ended December 31, 2013, we sold $9.2 million of our lease receivables to a third party financing organization at par value for total cash proceeds of $9.2 million. Pursuant to these sales, we retained no substantial risk of default by the lessee nor provided any guarantee of residual value of the underlying leased equipment, except for standard product warranty which is provided in the normal course of business. Consequently, we have met the requirements for derecognition of the related lease receivables.    

From our inception through our initial public offering in May 2013, we financed our operations and capital expenditures primarily through private sales of redeemable convertible preferred stock for aggregate net proceeds of $98.1 million, as well as through a commercial credit facility and capital leases. In May 2013 we completed our initial public offering, generating net proceeds of $87.2 million.

We borrowed approximately $6.0 million under a commercial lender growth capital credit facility and various other promissory note agreements to finance hardware and software product development from 2008 to 2009. These borrowings were repaid at various dates through January 2012.

On December 21, 2012, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank. The agreement provides a revolving loan facility of up to $10.0 million and a term loan facility of up to $5.0 million, for a total loan facility of up to $15.0 million. Loans drawn under the Loan and Security Agreement will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 we had drawn down $5.0 million and $5.0 million as term loans and zero and $7.6 million as revolving loans.

Revolving loans bear interest at a floating rate equal to the greater of (i) 3.25% or (ii) the prime rate (3.25% as of December 31, 2013). For the first 12 months following each term loan advance, each term loan advance bears interest at a floating rate equal to the prime rate, plus 0.50%. On the date following such 12 month period and thereafter, each term loan advance bears interest at a fixed rate equal to the prime rate on the date following such 12 month period, plus 0.50%.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with our expected cash flow from operations, will be sufficient to meet our projected operating and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months.

The following table summarizes our cash flows (in thousands):

	Year ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Net cash used in operations	$	(30,557	)	$	(12,463	)	$	(13,423	)
Net cash used in investing activities	(38,250		)	(5,698		)	(2,772		)
Net cash provided by financing activities	81,160			12,634			7,888
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents	(65		)	8			(27		)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	$	12,288		$	(5,519	)	$	(8,334	)

52

Operating Activities

We used cash in operations of $30.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily as a result of a net loss of $40.7 million which was partially offset by $12.6 million in non-cash depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation and revaluation of preferred stock warrants. The net change in operating assets and liabilities at December 31, 2013 compared to December 31, 2012 was $2.7 million. This included an increase in inventories of $7.7 million as we prepared to meet anticipated customer demand, a portion of which did not materialize in the fourth quarter of 2013. We anticipate inventories to return to normalized levels in 2014. Accounts payable decreased by approximately $2.8 million, primarily as a result of timing of payments to our contract manufacturer. This was partially offset by an increase in deferred revenue of $1.7 million which primarily relates to shipped and billed hardware awaiting formal acceptance from customers with contracts under federal broadband stimulus programs. Accounts receivable decreased by approximately $4.6 million mainly due to decreased revenue in the fourth quarter of 2013, as well as to the collection of a large receivable in the fourth quarter of 2013. Additionally, accrued compensation increased by $1.2 million as we increased total headcount.

We used cash in operations of $12.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily as a result of a net loss of $16.6 million which was partially offset by $9.3 million in non-cash depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation and revaluation of preferred stock warrants. In addition, we experienced increases in a majority of our working capital accounts, primarily due to significant increases in our operations as a result of growth in the business. Accounts receivable increased $12.7 million, primarily due to the significant increase in shipments and billings and inventories increased $8.2 million as we prepared for increases in shipments to customers based on demand for our products. These changes were partially offset by an increase in deferred revenue of $12.2 million, partially offset by an increase in deferred costs of $5.9 million related to such deferred revenue. In addition, accounts payable and accrued liabilities increased approximately $7.6 million, primarily as a result of significant inventory purchases and timing of payments of invoices from our contract manufacturer. Additionally, accrued compensation increased by $2.3 million as we increased total headcount.

We used cash in operations of $13.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily as a result of a net loss of $15.9 million, which was partially offset by $1.8 million in non-cash depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, revaluation of warrants and non-cash interest charges. In addition, during 2011 we experienced increases in a majority of our working capital accounts, primarily due to significant increases in our operations as a result of growth in the business. Accounts receivable increased $3.5 million as a result of an increase in sales in the fourth quarter of 2011 and inventory increased $1.9 million as we prepared for increases in shipment to customers based on demand for our products. These changes were partially offset by increase in deferred revenue of $5.0 million, partially offset by an increase in deferred costs of $2.3 million related to such deferred revenue. In addition, accounts payable and accrued liabilities increased approximately $2.9 million, primarily as a result of significant inventory purchases and timing of payments of invoices from our contract manufacturer.

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities primarily relates to purchases of marketable securities and capital expenditures, such as lab equipment, tooling and computer hardware to support our growth. We used $38.3 million in cash for investing activities in the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily related to the purchase of marketable securities of $31.6 million as well as capital expenditures of $6.1 million. Marketable securities consist of U.S. treasury securities, U.S. government-sponsored agency securities, commercial paper, corporate bonds and municipal bonds. Generally, our marketable securities have maturity dates up to two years from our date of purchase, and active markets for these securities exist.

We used $5.7 million and $2.8 million in cash for investing activities for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 primarily related to the purchase of lab equipment, tooling and computer hardware to support our growth.

Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $81.2 million. In May 2013, we completed our initial public offering which generated aggregate net proceeds of $87.2 million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and offering costs. This was partially offset by repayment of $7.6 million outstanding under our revolving loan facility. Additionally, we received $1.4 million proceeds from the exercise of stock options and preferred stock warrants during the year ended December 31, 2013.

Cash from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 reflected proceeds of $12.6 million related to a $7.6 million draw on our newly established revolving loan facility, a $5.0 million draw on our newly established term loan facility and $116,000 from the exercise of stock options.

53

We generated $7.9 million in cash from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 as a result of our issuance of 110,446 and 2,138,535 shares of Series E and F redeemable convertible preferred stock for aggregate net proceeds of $10.4 million. This increase was partially offset by $2.6 million in payments on our capital lease and notes payable obligations.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

We lease our headquarters in Petaluma, California and other locations worldwide under non-cancelable operating leases that expire at various dates through 2023. In addition, we subcontract with other companies to manufacture and supply components for our products. During the normal course of business, our contract manufacturer procures components from suppliers based on our forecasts. If we cancel all or part of the orders, we will be liable to our contract manufacturer for the cost of the components purchased by the subcontractors to manufacture our products. We periodically review this potential liability and, as of December 31, 2013 we have no significant related accruals recorded. Our financial position and results of operations could be negatively impacted if we are required to compensate our contract manufacturer for any unrecorded liabilities incurred.

In July 2013, we entered into a lease for additional space in Petaluma, California. The July 2013 lease has a ten year term, estimated to commence on or about July 1, 2014 and provides for the lease of 20,005 square feet, going to 38,778 square feet in 2015. Base rent is initially set at $46,012 per month and increases to $91,904 per month when the additional space is occupied. Total base rent payable over the 10 year lease period is $11.5 million. We have an option to extend the term of the lease for an additional five year period.

The following table summarizes our fixed and determinable contractual obligations at December 31, 2013 including leases:

	Total		Less Than 1 Year		1-3 Years		3-5 Years		More Than 5 Years
	(in thousands)
Operating lease obligations	$	13,579	$	1,237	$	2,492	$	2,661	$	7,189
Term loan (1)	5,298		1,766		3,532		—		—
Purchase commitments (2)	7,877		7,877		—		—		—
Total	$	26,754	$	10,880	$	6,024	$	2,661	$	7,189

(1) Includes $5.0 million of principal and approximately $0.3 million of expected interest. Refer to Note 4 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for Term loan detail.

(2) Consists of minimum purchase commitments with our contract manufacturer.

Future Capital Requirements

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with our expected cash flow from operations, will be sufficient to meet our projected operating and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months. To the extent that our cash, cash equivalents and operating cash flows are insufficient to fund our future activities and requirements, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or debt financing. If we issue equity securities in order to raise additional funds, substantial dilution to existing stockholders may occur. If we raise cash through the issuance of indebtedness, we may be subject to additional contractual restrictions on our business. We cannot assure you that we will be able to raise additional funds on favorable terms, or at all.

Guaranties, Warranties and Indemnifications

We generally offer hardware warranties on our products for one to eight years based on a tiered structure as determined by the type of customer. In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s, or FASB’s, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC 450-20, Loss Contingencies, we record an accrual when we believe it is estimable and probable based upon historical experience. We record a provision for estimated future warranty work in cost of goods sold upon recognition of revenue and we review the resulting accrual regularly and periodically adjust it to reflect changes in warranty estimates.

54

From time to time, we enter into certain types of contracts that contingently require us to indemnify various parties against claims from third parties. These contracts primarily relate to (i) certain real estate leases, under which we may be required to indemnify property owners for environmental and other liabilities, and other claims arising from our use of the applicable premises; (ii) certain agreements with our officers, directors, and employees, under which we be required to indemnify such persons for liabilities arising out of their relationship with us; (iii) contracts under which we may be required to indemnify customers against third-party claims that our product infringes a patent, copyright, or other intellectual property right; and (iv) procurement or license agreements, under which we may be required to indemnify licensors or vendors for certain claims that may be brought against us arising from our acts or omissions with respect to the supplied products or technology.

Generally, a maximum obligation under these contracts is not explicitly stated. Because the obligated amounts associated with these types of agreements are not explicitly stated, the overall maximum amount of the obligation cannot be reasonably estimated. Historically, we have not been required to make any payments under these obligations, and no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations in our consolidated balance sheets.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303 of SEC Regulation S-K and we do not have any holdings in variable interest entities.

55

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business, primarily related to interest rate, inflation and foreign currency risks. We also are exposed to risks relating to changes in the general economic conditions that affect our business. To reduce certain of these risks, we monitor the financial condition of our customers and manage our contract manufacturer and suppliers. In addition, our investment strategy has been to invest in cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities. To date, we have not used derivative instruments to mitigate any market risk exposures. We have not used, nor do we intend to use, derivatives for trading or speculative purposes. We do not believe that these risks have been material to date.

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates. We had cash and cash equivalents of $32.5 million at December 31, 2013. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and money market funds. Additionally, we had marketable securities of $31.6 million at December 31, 2013. Marketable securities consist of U.S treasury securities, U.S. government-sponsored agency securities, municipal bonds, corporate bonds and commercial paper. The primary objectives of our investment activities are the preservation of capital, the fulfillment of liquidity needs and the fiduciary control of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities. We do not enter into marketable securities for trading or speculative purposes. Our marketable securities are exposed to market risk due to a fluctuation in interest rates, which may affect our interest income and the fair market value of our marketable securities.

In addition, as of December 31, 2013, we had drawn down $5.0 million as term loans and zero as revolving loans under our Loan and Security Agreement with SVB. Due to the short-term nature of our marketable securities portfolio and our outstanding loan amount, we believe that only dramatic fluctuations in interest rates would have a material effect on us. As a result, we do not expect our operating results or cash flows to be materially affected by a sudden change in market interest rates.

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. However, if our costs, in particular salaries and manufacturing costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Historically, as our operations and sales, including all of our manufacturing, have been primarily in the United States, we have not faced any significant foreign currency risk. As our international operations grow, our risks associated with fluctuation in currency rates will become greater, and we will continue to reassess our approach to managing this risk. In addition, currency fluctuations or a weakening U.S. dollar can increase the costs of our international expansion efforts.

56

Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Cyan, Inc.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	58
Consolidated Balance Sheets	59
Consolidated Statements of Operations	60
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss	61
Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)	62
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	63
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	64

57

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Cyan, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cyan, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Cyan, Inc. at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/  Ernst & Young LLP

Redwood City, California

March 25, 2014

58

Cyan, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	32,509		$	20,221
Marketable securities	31,639			—
Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $147 and zero at December 31, 2013 and 2012)	14,558			19,200
Short-term lease receivable	201			—
Inventories	20,746			14,049
Deferred costs	8,286			8,228
Prepaid expenses and other	1,378			930
Total current assets	109,317			62,628
Property and equipment, net	11,155			6,485
Long-term lease receivable	403			—
Other assets	645			1,676
Total assets	$	121,520		$	70,789
Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ equity (deficit)
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	8,474		$	11,842
Accrued liabilities	3,786			3,636
Accrued compensation	4,895			3,743
Revolving loan	—			7,563
Term loan, current portion	1,604			—
Deferred revenue	17,516			15,597
Preferred stock warrant liability	—			6,254
Other liabilities	849			74
Total current liabilities	37,124			48,709
Term loan, non-current portion	3,396			5,000
Deferred revenue	1,577			1,820
Deferred rent	486			182
Total liabilities	42,583			55,711
Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)
Redeemable convertible preferred stock issuable in series, $0.0001 par value: no shares authorized, issued or outstanding as of December 31, 2013; 35,031,602 shares authorized; 33,897,005 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012.	—			98,133
Stockholders’ equity (deficit):
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding as of December 31, 2013; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding as of December 31, 2012.	—			—
Common stock, $0.0001 par value: 1,000,000,000 and 50,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012; 46,536,436 and 2,575,220 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.	5			—
Additional paid in-capital	206,300			3,514
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(86		)	(19		)
Accumulated deficit	(127,282		)	(86,550		)
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)	78,937			(83,055		)
Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ equity (deficit)	$	121,520		$	70,789

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

59

Cyan, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Revenue	$	116,582		$	95,872		$	40,421
Cost of revenue	68,376			57,315			27,074
Gross profit	48,206			38,557			13,347
Operating expenses:
Research and development	32,609			18,447			12,986
Sales and marketing	40,102			25,243			12,825
General and administrative	13,082			6,055			3,310
Total operating expenses	85,793			49,745			29,121
Loss from operations	(37,587		)	(11,188		)	(15,774		)
Interest expense	(367		)	(33		)	(419		)
Other income (expense), net	(2,635		)	(5,340		)	322
Total other expense, net	(3,002		)	(5,373		)	(97		)
Loss before provision for income taxes	(40,589		)	(16,561		)	(15,871		)
Provision for income taxes	143			40			14
Net loss	$	(40,732	)	$	(16,601	)	$	(15,885	)
Basic and diluted net loss per share	$	(1.32	)	$	(6.60	)	$	(6.63	)
Weighted-average number of shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share	30,836			2,515			2,396

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

60

Cyan, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(In thousands)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Net loss	$	(40,732	)	$	(16,601	)	$	(15,885	)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(83		)	8			(27		)
Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities, net of tax	16			—			—
Total other comprehensive income (loss)	(67		)	8			(27		)
Comprehensive loss	$	(40,799	)	$	(16,593	)	$	(15,912	)

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

61

Cyan, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

(In thousands, except share amounts)

	Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock					Common Stock			Additional Paid-In Capital		Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Accumulated Deficit			Total Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
	Shares		Amount			Shares	Amount
Balances at December 31, 2010	31,648,024		$	87,705		2,316,041	$	—	$	486	$	—		$	(54,064	)	$	(53,578	)
Issuance of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock	110,446		500			—	—		—		—			—			—
Issuance of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $71	2,138,535		9,928			—	—		—		—			—			—
Issuance of common stock under stock-based compensation programs	—		—			124,730	—		50		—			—			50
Stock-based compensation	—		—			—	—		765		—			—			765
Foreign currency translation adjustment	—		—			—	—		—		(27		)	—			(27		)
Net loss	—		—			—	—		—		—			(15,885		)	(15,885		)
Balances at December 31, 2011	33,897,005		98,133			2,440,771	—		1,301		(27		)	(69,949		)	(68,675		)
Issuance of common stock under stock-based compensation programs	—		—			134,449	—		116		—			—			116
Stock-based compensation	—		—			—	—		2,097		—			—			2,097
Foreign currency translation adjustment	—		—			—	—		—		8			—			8
Net loss	—		—			—	—		—		—			(16,601		)	(16,601		)
Balances at December 31, 2012	33,897,005		98,133			2,575,220	—		3,514		(19		)	(86,550		)	(83,055		)
Issuance of common stock under stock-based compensation programs	—		—			289,479	—		412		—			—			412
Issuance of common stock upon initial public offering (IPO), net of issuance costs of $3,854	—		—			8,899,022	2		87,183		—			—			87,185
Conversion of convertible preferred stock to common stock upon IPO	(33,897,005	)	(98,133		)	33,897,005	3		98,130		—			—			98,133
Reclassification of preferred stock warrant liability upon IPO	—		—			469,717	—		8,856		—			—			8,856
Exercise of preferred stock warrants upon IPO	—		—			405,993	—		975		—			—			975
Unrealized gains on available for sale securities	—		—			—	—		—		16			—			16
Stock-based compensation	—		—			—	—		7,230		—			—			7,230
Foreign currency translation adjustment	—		—			—	—		—		(83		)	—			(83		)
Net loss	—		—			—	—		—		—			(40,732		)	(40,732		)
Balances at December 31, 2013	—		$	—		46,536,436	$	5	$	206,300	$	(86	)	$	(127,282	)	$	78,937

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

62

Cyan, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Operating activities
Net loss	$	(40,732	)	$	(16,601	)	$	(15,885	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	2,721			1,801			1,358
Noncash interest expense	—			—			20
Stock-based compensation	7,249			2,097			765
Change in fair value for warrants	2,602			5,354			(313		)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable	4,642			(12,674		)	(3,514		)
Lease receivable	(604		)	—			—
Inventories	(7,733		)	(8,162		)	(1,914		)
Deferred costs	(58		)	(5,924		)	(2,304		)
Prepaid expenses and other assets	(448		)	(586		)	(70		)
Accounts payable	(2,846		)	6,483			1,863
Accrued liabilities	1,478			1,133			1,027
Accrued compensation	1,152			2,337			547
Deferred revenue	1,676			12,198			5,046
Deferred rent	344			81			(49		)
Net cash used in operating activities	(30,557		)	(12,463		)	(13,423		)
Investing activities
Purchases of property and equipment	(6,111		)	(5,698		)	(2,772		)
Purchase of available for sale securities	(31,639		)	—			—
Purchase of other investment	(500		)	—			—
Net cash used in investing activities	(38,250		)	(5,698		)	(2,772		)
Financing activities
Proceeds from the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs	—			—			10,428
Proceeds from initial public offering (IPO), net of issuance costs	87,394			—			—
Proceeds from stock-based compensation programs	412			116			50
Proceeds from exercise of preferred stock warrants upon IPO	975			—			—
Borrowings under revolving loan and term loan facilities	—			12,563			—
Repayments of borrowings	(7,563		)	(45		)	(2,458		)
Payments on capital leases	(58		)	—			—
Repayment on sale-leaseback	—			—			(132		)
Net cash provided by financing activities	81,160			12,634			7,888
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(65		)	8			(27		)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	12,288			(5,519		)	(8,334		)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	20,221			25,740			34,074
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	32,509		$	20,221		$	25,740
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
Cash paid for interest	$	361		$	43		$	399
Non-cash investing and financing activities
Property and equipment included in accounts payable	$	1,183		$	832		$	105
Deferred offering costs in accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	—		$	1,537		$	—
Conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock upon IPO	$	98,133		$	—		$	—
Reclassification of preferred stock warrant liability upon IPO	$	8,856		$	—		$	—

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

63

Cyan, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Organization and Significant Accounting Policies

Description of the Business — Cyan, Inc. (Cyan or the Company) was incorporated on October 25, 2006, in the state of Delaware and its principal executive offices are located in Petaluma, California. The Company has pioneered innovative, carrier-grade networking solutions that transform disparate and inefficient legacy networks into open, high-performance networks. The Company’s solutions include high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms as well as a carrier-grade software-defined networking platform and applications. The Company’s solutions enable its customers to virtualize their networks, accelerate service delivery and increase scalability and performance while reducing costs. The Company designed its solutions to provide a variety of existing and emerging premium applications including business Ethernet, wireless backhaul, broadband backhaul and cloud connectivity. The Company’s customers range from service providers to high-performance data center and large, private network operators.

Initial Public Offering — In May 2013, the Company closed its initial public offering (IPO) whereby 8,899,022 shares of common stock were sold to the public, including 899,022 shares of common stock issued pursuant to the partial exercise of an overallotment option granted to the underwriters. The aggregate net proceeds received by the Company from the offering were $87.2 million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and issuance expenses. Upon the closing of the IPO, all previously outstanding shares of the Company’s outstanding convertible preferred stock automatically converted into 33,897,005 shares of common stock. In addition, warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock were exercised resulting in the issuance of 792,361 shares of common stock and the remaining outstanding warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock were converted into warrants to purchase 115,001 shares of common stock. In November 2013, the remaining warrants to purchase common stock were net exercised resulting in the issuance of 83,349 shares of common stock.

Principles of Consolidation — The Company's consolidated financial statements include its accounts and the accounts of its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Fiscal Periods — The Company operates on fiscal periods ending on the last day of the respective calendar quarter.

Use of Estimates — The preparation of financial statements in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses for the reporting period. For the Company, these estimates include, but are not limited to, allowances for doubtful accounts, inventory valuation, excess and obsolete inventory, allowances for obligations to its contract manufacturer, useful lives assigned to long-lived assets, sales returns reserve, the fair value of stock awards, warranty costs, contingencies, accounting for income taxes, including the determination of the timing of the establishment or release of our valuation allowance related to our deferred tax asset balances and reserves for uncertain tax positions, and prior to the Company's initial public offering, the fair value of common and redeemable convertible preferred stock and related warrants. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences could be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.

Cash and Cash Equivalents — The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 2013 and 2012 cash equivalents consist primarily of money market funds, the cost of which approximates fair value.

Credit Risk and Concentrations — Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, trade receivables and lease receivables.

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and money market funds that are invested through financial institutions in the United States. Such deposits may, at times, exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.

Marketable securities, which are classified as available for sale at December 31, 2013, include U.S. treasury securities, U.S. government-sponsored agency securities, commercial paper, corporate bonds and municipal bonds. Investment policies have been implemented that limit the purchase of marketable securities to investment grade securities. Marketable securities that are downgraded after purchase are evaluated on a case by case basis by management to determine if they should be held or sold. Generally, the Company's marketable securities have maturity dates up to two years from the date of purchase and active markets for these securities exist.

64

Cyan, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Management believes that the financial institutions that hold the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities are financially sound and, accordingly, minimal credit risk exists with respect to these cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities.

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables exist to the full extent of amounts presented in the financial statements. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral from its customers to secure trade receivables. Trade receivables are derived from sales to customers located in the United States as well as those in international locations. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The Company records a specific allowance based on an analysis of individual past-due balances, including evaluations of its customers’ financial condition. Additionally, based on its historical write-offs and collections experience, the Company records an additional allowance based on a percentage of outstanding receivables. These evaluations require significant judgment and are based on a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, current economic trends, payment history and financial review of the customer. Actual collection losses may differ from management’s estimates, and such differences could be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations. The Company had $0.1 million allowance for doubtful accounts recorded as of December 31, 2013 and no allowance for doubtful accounts recorded as of December 31, 2012.

The Company provides leasing arrangements for certain qualified end-user customers. The Company classifies these arrangements as lease receivables, which represent sales-type leases resulting from the sale of the Company’s products. Lease receivables consist of arrangements with the Company's customers, which generally have three year terms. The Company retains title to the underlying assets for the term of the lease or up until the point in time at which the lease receivable is sold to a third party financing organization. Aside from its standard product warranty which is provided in the normal course of business, the Company has no obligation to the third party financing organizations once the lease receivables have been sold. Pursuant to such a sale, if the Company retains no substantial risk of default by the lessee nor provides any guarantee of residual value of the underlying leased equipment, then the related lease receivables will be derecognized.

The Company assesses the allowance for credit loss related to lease receivables on an individual basis. If applicable, the Company maintains an allowance for credit losses resulting from the inability or unwillingness of its customers to make required payments. The Company records a specific allowance based on an analysis of individual past-due balances, including evaluations of the customers’ financial condition. These evaluations require significant judgment and are based on a variety of factors, including but not limited to, current economic trends, payment history, and financial review of the customer.

Outstanding leasing receivables that are aged 30 days or more from the contractual payment date are considered past due. Leasing receivables may be placed on nonaccrual status earlier if, in management’s opinion, a timely collection of the full principal and interest becomes uncertain. After a lease receivable has been categorized as nonaccrual, interest will be recognized when cash is received. A lease receivable may be returned to accrual status after all of the customer’s delinquent balances of principal and interest have been settled and the customer remains current for an appropriate period.

In addition, when the evaluation indicates that it is probable that any amounts due pursuant to the contractual terms of the lease agreement, including scheduled interest payments, are unable to be collected, the leasing receivable is considered impaired. All such outstanding amounts, including any accrued interest, will be assessed for potential reserve at the individual customer level. Lease receivables are written off at the point when they are considered uncollectible and all outstanding balances, including any previously earned but uncollected interest income, will be reversed and charged against the allowance for credit losses.

Actual collection losses may differ from management’s estimates, and such differences could be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations. As of December 31, 2013 the Company had $0.6 million of lease receivables and no allowance for credit losses as of that date. The Company had no lease receivables as of December 31, 2012.

The Company depends on its contract manufacturer for its finished goods inventory. The Company operates under a manufacturing services agreement with its contract manufacturer pursuant to which the Company is to provide a rolling quarterly forecast indicating the Company’s monthly production requirements. While the Company seeks to maintain sufficient inventory on hand, the Company’s business and results of operations could be adversely affected by a stoppage or delay in receiving such products, the receipt of defective parts, an increase in the price of such products, or the Company’s inability to obtain lower prices from its contract manufacturer and suppliers in response to competitive pressures.

65

Cyan, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Inventories — Inventories consisting of finished goods purchased from the contract manufacturer are stated at the lower of cost or market value, with cost being determined using standard cost, which approximates actual cost, on a first-in, first-out basis. The Company regularly monitors inventory quantities on hand and on order and records write-downs as a component of cost of revenue for excess and obsolete inventories based on the Company’s estimate of the demand for its products, potential obsolescence of technology, product life cycles, and whether pricing trends or forecasts indicate that the carrying value of inventory exceeds its estimated selling price. These factors are affected by market and economic conditions, technology changes, and new product introductions and require estimates that may include elements that are uncertain. Actual demand may differ from forecasted demand and may have a material effect on gross margins. If inventory is written down, a new cost basis will be established that cannot be increased in future periods.

Foreign Currency Translation — The Company’s revenue contracts are denominated in U.S. dollars, but certain operating expenses are incurred in various foreign currencies. Generally, the functional currency of the Company’s foreign operations is the local country’s currency. For those entities where the functional currency is the local country's currency, the expenses of operations outside the U.S. are translated into U.S. dollars using average exchange rates for the period reported, while assets and liabilities of operations outside the U.S. are translated into U.S. dollars using the end-of-period exchange rates.

Foreign currency translation adjustments not affecting net loss are included in stockholders’ deficit as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The revaluation effect of foreign currency fluctuations is recorded as foreign currency gain (loss) and included in other income (expense) in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Property and Equipment, Net — Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful life, generally five to ten years, or the related remaining lease term. The costs of repairs and maintenance are expensed when incurred, while expenditures for refurbishments and improvements that significantly add to the productive capacity or extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized. When assets are retired or sold, the asset cost and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated, with any remaining gain or loss reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets — The Company periodically evaluates long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that a potential impairment may have occurred. If such events or changes in circumstances arise, the Company compares the carrying amount of the long-lived assets to the estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the long-lived assets. If the estimated aggregate, undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the long-lived assets, an impairment charge, calculated as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the assets, is recorded. Through December 31, 2013 no impairment losses have been identified.

Revenue Recognition — Revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met:

• Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists. Customer purchase orders, along with master purchase contracts, where applicable, are generally used to determine the existence of an arrangement.

• Delivery has occurred. Shipping documents and customer acceptance, when applicable, are used to verify delivery.

• The price is fixed or determinable. The Company assesses whether the price is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms associated with the transaction and whether the sales price is subject to refund or adjustment.

• Collectability is reasonably assured. The Company assesses collectability based primarily on the creditworthiness of the customer as determined by credit checks and analysis, as well as the customer’s payment history.

The Company derives revenue primarily from the sales of its hardware and software products as well as professional services. Shipping charges billed to customers are included in revenue.

From time to time, the Company offers customers sales incentives, including discounts. Revenue is recorded net of these amounts.

66

Cyan, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Customer payment terms generally range from 30 to 90 days. The Company generally does not offer extended payment terms.

A portion of the Company’s sales are made through multi-year lease agreements.  These lease agreements include a bargain purchase option and meet the criteria for treatment as sales-type leases. Under sales-type leases, the Company recognizes revenue for its hardware products, net of post-installation product maintenance and technical support, at the net present value of the lease payment stream at the point in time the lessee has the right to use the underlying asset. The Company seeks to optimize its cash flows by selling a majority of its lease receivables to third party financing organizations on a non-recourse basis.  Aside from its standard product warranty which is provided in the normal course of business, the Company has no obligation to the third party financing organizations once the lease receivables have been sold. Pursuant to such a sale, if the Company retains no substantial risk of default by the lessee nor provides any guarantee of residual value of the underlying leased equipment, then the related lease receivables will be derecognized. Some of the Company’s sales-type leases may remain unsold at any particular period end.

In general, the Company’s products and services qualify as separate units of accounting. Products are typically considered delivered upon shipment. In certain cases, the Company’s products are sold along with services, which include installation, training, remote network monitoring services, post-sales software support, software-as-a-service (SaaS) based subscriptions, and/or extended warranty services. Post-sales software support includes rights, on a when-and-if-available basis, to receive unspecified software product upgrades to embedded software or the Company’s management software; maintenance releases; and patches released during the term of the support contract. This type of transaction is considered a multiple-element arrangement. When accounting for multiple-element arrangements, GAAP requires the Company to allocate revenue to individual elements using vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE), third-party evidence (TPE), or its best estimated selling price (BESP) of deliverables if VSOE or TPE cannot be determined.

Multiple-element arrangements can include any combination of products and services. When allocating consideration, the Company will first do so on the basis of the deliverables’ relative selling prices, without regard to any contingent consideration, and then subsequently determine whether the revenue that may be recognized is limited based on the amount of non-contingent revenue. To the extent that the stated contractual prices agree to the Company’s estimated selling price on a standalone basis, the allocation of the consideration is based on stated contractual prices. However, if the stated contractual price for any deliverable is outside a narrow range of the estimated selling price on a standalone basis, the allocation is adjusted using the “relative-selling-price method.” Generally, the individual products and services meet the criteria for separate units of accounting and the Company recognizes revenue for each element upon delivery of the element.

The Company has not yet established VSOE for all deliverables in its arrangements with multiple elements. When VSOE cannot be established, the Company attempts to establish the selling price of each element based upon TPE by evaluating the pricing of similar and interchangeable competitor products or services in standalone arrangements. However, as the Company’s products contain a significant element of proprietary technology and offer substantially different features and functionality from competitors, the Company has not been able to obtain comparable standalone pricing information with respect to competitors’ products. Therefore, the Company has historically not been able to obtain reliable evidence of TPE.

When the Company is unable to establish a selling price using VSOE or TPE, the Company uses BESP. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the element was sold on a standalone basis.

The Company determines BESP for an element by considering multiple factors, including, but not limited to, geographies, market conditions, competitive landscape, internal costs, gross margin objectives, characteristics of targeted customers, and pricing practices. The determination of BESP is made through consultation with and formal approval by the Company’s management, taking into consideration the go-to-market strategy. The Company regularly reviews VSOE, TPE, and BESP and has a process for the establishment and updating of these estimates.

Post-sales software support revenue and extended warranty services revenue are deferred and recognized ratably over the period during which the services are to be performed. Installation and training service revenues are recognized upon delivery or completion of performance. These service arrangements are typically short-term in nature and are largely completed shortly after delivery of the product.

67

Cyan, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Company also delivers software-defined networking solutions to customers most frequently on a term license basis, with terms typically ranging from 12 to 36 months. While term-based licenses make up the majority of related revenues, the Company occasionally licenses software to customers on a perpetual basis with on-going support and maintenance services. Revenue from software that functions together with the tangible hardware elements to deliver the tangible products’ essential functionality is generally recognized upon shipment assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.  Revenue from application software and related software elements which are not considered essential to the functionality of hardware is accounted for in accordance with software industry guidance, and therefore is recognized ratably over the longest service period for post-contract customer support, or PCS, and professional services as the Company has not established VSOE for software or the related software elements.

In instances where substantive acceptance provisions are specified in the customer agreement, revenue is deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. The Company’s arrangements generally do not include any provisions for cancellation, termination or refunds that would materially impact revenue recognition.

The Company enters into arrangements with certain of its customers who receive government supported loans and grants from the U.S. Department of Agriculture’s Rural Utility Service (RUS) to finance capital spending. Under the terms of an RUS equipment contract that includes installation services, the customer does not take possession and control and the title does not pass until formal acceptance is obtained from the customer. Under this type of arrangement, the Company does not recognize revenue until it has received formal acceptance from the customer and all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

When the Company’s products have been delivered but the product revenue associated with the arrangement has been deferred as a result of not meeting the revenue recognition criteria, the related product costs are also deferred and included in deferred costs in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Advertising Costs — Advertising costs, which are expensed and included in sales and marketing expense when incurred, were $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Cost of Revenue — Cost of revenue primarily consists of product manufacturing costs incurred with the Company’s contract manufacturer. Cost of revenue also includes third-party manufacturing and supply chain logistics costs, provisions for excess and obsolete inventory, warranty, hosting costs, certain allocated costs for facilities, depreciation and other expenses associated with logistics and quality control. Additionally, it includes salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation for personnel directly involved with manufacturing installation, maintenance and support services and the provision of the Company’s service offerings.

Research and Development — Research and development costs primarily include salaries and other personnel-related expenses, contractor fees, facility costs, supplies, and depreciation of equipment associated with the design and development of new products prior to the establishment of their technological feasibility. Such costs are charged to research and development expense as incurred.

Development costs related to software incorporated in the Company’s products incurred subsequent to the establishment of technological feasibility and prior to the product being released are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful lives of the related products. Technological feasibility is established upon completion of a working model. Through December 31, 2013 all software development costs have been charged to research and development expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Warranties —The Company generally offers limited warranties for its hardware products for periods of one to eight years. The Company recognizes estimated costs related to warranty activities as a component of cost of revenue upon product shipment. The estimates are based upon historical product failure rates and historical costs incurred in correcting product failures. The recorded amount is adjusted from time to time for specifically identified warranty exposures. Actual warranty expenses are charged against the Company’s estimated warranty liability when incurred. Factors that affect the Company’s liability include the number of installed units, historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims and the cost per claim.

Additionally, the Company offers separately priced extended warranty contracts for coverage beyond the standard warranty period. The Company expenses all warranty costs as incurred related to such extended warranty contracts.

68

Cyan, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Income Taxes — The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax laws is recognized in the consolidated statement of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amounts more-likely-than-not expected to be realized.

As part of the process of preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Company is required to estimate income tax expense and uncertain tax positions in each of the tax jurisdictions in which the Company operates. This process involves estimating current income tax expense together with assessing temporary differences in the treatment of items for tax purposes versus financial accounting purposes that may create net deferred tax assets and liabilities. The Company relies on estimates and assumptions in preparing its income tax provision.

The Company is subject to periodic audits by the Internal Revenue Service and other taxing authorities. The Company recognizes the tax benefit of an uncertain tax position only if it is more-likely-than-not that the position is sustainable upon examination by the taxing authority based on the technical merits. The tax benefit recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit which is greater than 50 percent likely to be realized upon settlement with the taxing authority. The Company recognizes interest accrued and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the income tax provision.

Stock–Based Compensation — The Company measures and recognizes stock-based compensation expense in the financial statements for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors based on the estimated fair values on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

Prior to the Company's initial public offering in May 2013, the fair values of the common stock underlying share-based payment awards was determined by the board of directors, with input from management and a third-party valuation specialist. In the absence of a publicly traded market for the Company's common stock, the board of directors determined the fair value of the common stock in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.

The Company’s determination of the fair value of a share based payment award on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model is affected by assumptions regarding a number of subjective variables. These variables include the Company’s expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the awards, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends. The expected term represents the period that the award is expected to be outstanding. The expected term of stock options was estimated based on the simplified method that takes into consideration the vesting and contractual terms. Volatility is estimated based on the average of the historical volatilities of the common stock of the Company’s peer group in the industry in which the Company does business, with characteristics similar to those of the Company. The Company uses the U.S. Treasury yield for its risk-free interest rate and a dividend yield of zero, as it does not issue dividends.

In addition to assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model, the Company must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation of its awards. The estimated forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of actual forfeitures and will continue to be evaluated based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover behavior and other factors. Further, to the extent the Company’s actual forfeiture rate is different from this estimate, which could be material, stock-based compensation is adjusted accordingly.

New Accounting Pronouncements — The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2013-11, "Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists" on July 18, 2013. The ASU concludes an unrecognized tax benefit should be presented as a reduction of a deferred tax asset when settlement in this manner is available under the law. The Company will adopt this amendment as of January 2014. The Company does not anticipate that the adoption of this standard will have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

2. Fair Value Disclosure

Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value in the consolidated financial statements are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value. The Company categorizes its financial instruments into a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements).

69

Cyan, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Hierarchical levels that are directly related to the amount of subjectivity associated with the inputs to the valuation of these assets or liabilities are as follows:

Level 1:    Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

Level 2:    Inputs (other than quoted market prices included in Level 1) are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability through correlation with market data at the measurement date and for the duration of the instrument’s anticipated life.

Level 3:    Inputs reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Consideration is given to the risk inherent in the valuation technique and the risk inherent in the inputs to the model.

Cash Equivalents

Where quoted prices are available in an active market, cash equivalents are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Cash equivalents classified in Level 1 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 include money market funds. The valuation of these instruments is determined using a market approach and is based upon unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets in active markets.

Marketable Securities

Marketable securities, which are classified as available for sale at December 31, 2013, are carried at fair value, with any unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Marketable securities consist of U.S treasury securities, U.S. government-sponsored agency securities, municipal bonds, corporate bonds and commercial paper.

The fair value of the Company's marketable securities is determined as the exit price in the principal market in which it would transact. Level 1 instruments are valued based on quoted market prices in active markets and include U.S treasury securities. Level 2 instruments are valued based on quoted prices in markets that are not active, broker or dealer quotations, or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency and include U.S. government-sponsored agency securities, municipal bonds, corporate bonds and commercial paper. Level 3 instruments are valued based on unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and reflect the Company's own assumptions in measuring fair value. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 the Company had no marketable securities classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

The Company's marketable securities have maturity dates up to two years from the date of purchase and active markets for these securities exist. As of December 31, 2013 based on contractual maturity, the Company had $22.9 million and $8.7 million of marketable securities maturing within one and two years. The Company classifies its available-for-sale marketable securities as short-term marketable securities in its consolidated balance sheet based on management's intention to have the funds available for use in operations or strategic investments rather than actual maturity dates.

Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

Previously, the Company estimated the fair value of preferred stock warrants at the respective balance sheet dates using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model based on the fair value of the underlying redeemable convertible preferred stock at the valuation measurement date, the remaining contractual term of the warrant, risk-free rates, expected dividends and the expected volatility of the price of the underlying redeemable convertible preferred stock. Because this model includes significant unobservable inputs, preferred stock warrant liabilities were classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

The company performed the final re-measurement of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability in connection with the completion of its IPO in May 2013 at which time the warrants remaining outstanding became exercisable for common stock, and reclassified the warrant liability from other current liabilities to additional paid-in capital.

70

Cyan, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Fair Value Hierarchy

The following tables set forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the Company’s assets and liabilities at fair value as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Assets:
Cash Equivalents:
Money Market Funds	$	13,452	$	—	$	—	$	13,452
Marketable Securities:
Commercial paper	$	—	$	19,687	$	—	$	19,687
Corporate bonds	—		4,857		—		4,857
Municipal bonds	—		1,026		—		1,026
U.S. government-sponsored agency securities	—		2,031		—		2,031
U.S. treasury securities	4,038		—		—		4,038
Total marketable securities	$	4,038	$	27,601	$	—	$	31,639

The following tables set forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the Company’s assets and liabilities at fair value as of December 31, 2012 (in thousands):

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Assets:
Cash Equivalents:
Money Market Funds	$	4,544	$	—	$	—	$	4,544
Liabilities:
Preferred stock warrants	$	—	$	—	$	6,254	$	6,254

There were no transfers of assets or liabilities measured at fair value between levels within the fair value hierarchy during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

The following table shows the Company’s available-for-sale securities amortized cost, gross unrealized gains, gross unrealized losses and fair value as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value
Marketable securities:
Commercial paper	$	19,683	$	5	$	1	$	19,687
Corporate bonds	4,854		4		1		$	4,857
Municipal bonds	1,027		—		1		$	1,026
U.S. government-sponsored agency securities	2,029		2		—		$	2,031
U.S. treasury securities	4,030		8		—		4,038
Total marketable securities	$	31,623	$	19	$	3	$	31,639

The Company regularly reviews its marketable securities portfolio to identify and evaluate instruments that have indications of possible impairment.

71

Cyan, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2013 no marketable securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for more than twelve months. The gross unrealized loss was primarily due to changes in interest rates. The gross unrealized loss on all available-for-sale marketable securities as of December 31, 2013 was considered temporary in nature. Factors considered in determining whether a loss is temporary include, but are not limited to, the length of time and extent to which fair value has been less than the cost basis and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the investee.

The Company has evaluated its marketable securities portfolio as at December 31, 2013 and has determined that none of its marketable securities are impaired.

3. Balance Sheet Components

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consisted of the following (in thousands):

	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Cash	$	19,057	$	15,677
Money market funds	13,452		4,544
Total cash and cash equivalents	$	32,509	$	20,221

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The table below presents the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the year ended December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31, 2013
Opening balance	$	—
Provision for doubtful accounts	643
Write offs	(496		)
Closing balance	$	147

Prior to the year ended December 31, 2013 the Company had recorded no allowance for doubtful accounts or write-offs.

Lease Receivables

A summary of the Company’s lease receivables is presented as follows (in thousands):

	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Net minimum lease payments to be received	$	639	$	—
Less unearned interest income portion	35		—
Total lease receivable	604		—
Less short-term lease receivable	201		—
Long-term lease receivable	$	403	$	—

Approximately $0.2 million of the gross lease receivables were scheduled to mature in each of 2014, 2015 and 2016.

Actual cash collections may differ from the contractual maturities due to early customer buyouts, refinancing, or defaults.

In the three months ended December 31, 2013 the Company sold $9.2 million of its lease receivables to a third party financing organization at par value for total cash proceeds of $9.2 million. Pursuant to these sales, the Company retained no substantial risk of default by the lessee nor provided any guarantee of residual value of the underlying leased equipment, except for standard product warranty which is provided in the normal course of business. Consequently, the Company has met the requirements for derecognition of the related lease receivables.    

72

Cyan, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Inventory

Inventories consisted of finished goods purchased from the contract manufacturer and are stated at the lower of cost (on a first-in, first-out basis) or market value. Inventory consisted of the following (in thousands):

	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Raw materials	$	748	$	557
Finished goods	19,998		13,492
Total Inventory	$	20,746	$	14,049

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded a $1.0 million write-down for slow moving inventory. This write-down was included as a component of cost of revenue in the year ended December 31, 2013.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Lab equipment and tooling	$	14,743		$	8,991
Software	667			567
Leasehold improvements	1,595			876
Furniture and fixtures	974			413
Computer equipment	979			719
Property and equipment, gross	18,958			11,566
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	(7,803		)	(5,081		)
Property and equipment, net	$	11,155		$	6,485

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment was $2.7 million, $1.8 million and $1.4 million.

Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Inventory-in-transit	$	344	$	323
Warranty reserve (1)	1,374		1,266
Professional fees	862		921
Sales and use taxes	497		627
Other	709		499
Total accrued liabilities	$	3,786	$	3,636

(1) Activity related to warranties is as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Beginning balance	$	1,266		$	783		$	363
Charge to cost of sales	1,553			1,106			963
Costs incurred	(1,445		)	(623		)	(543		)
Closing balance	$	1,374		$	1,266		$	783

73

Cyan, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Sales Returns Reserve

The table below presents the changes in the sales returns reserve for the year ended December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31, 2013
Opening balance	$	—
Provision for sales returns	910
Sales returns	(712		)
Closing balance	$	198

Prior to the year ended December 31, 2013 the Company had recorded no sales returns reserve or sales returns.

4. Debt

Loan and Security Agreement

On December 21, 2012, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”). The agreement provided for a revolving loan facility of up to $10.0 million and a term loan facility of up to $5.0 million, for a total loan facility of up to $15.0 million. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 the Company had drawn down $5.0 million and $5.0 million as term loans and zero and $7.6 million as revolving loans.

Revolving loans bear interest at a floating rate equal to the greater of (i) 3.25% or (ii) the prime rate (3.25% as of both December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012). For the first 12 months following each term loan advance, each term loan advance bears interest at a floating rate equal to the prime rate, plus 0.50%. Thereafter, each term loan advance bears interest at a fixed rate equal to the prime rate on the date following such 12 month period, plus 0.50%.

Interest on the revolving loans and the term loans is due and payable monthly in arrears. Revolving loans may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed until December 21, 2014, when all outstanding amounts must be repaid. Principal on each term loan advance is payable in 36 equal monthly installments beginning 12 months after the date on which such term loan advance is made. Prepayments of the term loan facility prior to its termination dates will be subject to early termination fees, subject to certain exceptions. There is no commitment fee associated with the revolving loan.

The Company’s obligations under the loan facility are secured by a security interest on substantially all of its assets, excluding the Company’s intellectual property and certain other assets. Additionally, the Company’s future domestic subsidiaries, if any, may be required to become co-borrowers or guarantors under the loan facility.

The Loan and Security Agreement as amended, contains customary affirmative and negative covenants limiting the Company’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to, among other things, dispose of assets, undergo a change in control, merge or consolidate, make acquisitions, incur debt, incur liens, pay dividends, repurchase stock and make investments, in each case subject to certain exceptions. The Company must also comply with a minimum adjusted quick ratio financial covenant which is the ratio of its unrestricted cash and net billed accounts receivable to its current liabilities minus the current portion of deferred revenue.

74

Cyan, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Loan and Security Agreement also contains customary events of default including, among others, payment defaults, breaches of covenants, investor abandonment, bankruptcy and insolvency events, cross defaults with certain material indebtedness, judgment defaults, and breaches of representations and warranties. Upon an event of default, SVB may declare all or a portion of the Company’s outstanding obligations payable to be immediately due and payable and exercise other rights and remedies provided for under the agreement. During the existence of an event of default, interest on the obligations could be increased by 5.0%.

As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 the Company was in compliance with all covenants.

The estimated principal payments of the term loan are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31:
2014	$	1,604
2015	1,666
2016	1,730
	$	5,000

5. Commitments and Contingencies

Facility Lease

In April 2007, the Company entered into a six-year lease for office premises in Petaluma, California. This agreement has scheduled expiration dates of May 2015 and October 2018, providing the Company a total of 22,780 square feet.

In July 2013, the Company entered into a lease for additional space in Petaluma, California. The July 2013 lease has a ten year term, is estimated to commence on or about July 1, 2014 and provides for the lease by the Company of 20,005 square feet, going to 38,778 square feet in 2015. Base rent is initially set at $46,012 per month and increases to $91,904 per month when the additional space is occupied. Total base rent payable over the 10 year lease period is $11.5 million. The Company has an option to extend the term of the lease for an additional five year period.

In relation to these lease agreements, an executive officer, who is also a member of the Company’s board of directors, owns approximately 40% of the limited liability company from which the Company is leasing the office premises. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 no amounts were included in accounts payable or accrued expenses under these agreements.

As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 total deferred rent was $0.6 million and $0.3 million. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 rent expense was $0.8 million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million.

Future minimum annual obligations under non-cancellable lease agreements as of December 31, 2013 are approximately as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31:
2014	$	1,237
2015	1,293
2016	1,199
2017	1,330
2018	1,331
Thereafter	7,189
Total	$	13,579

75

Cyan, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Contingencies

The Company is not party to any legal proceedings the outcome of which, it believes, if determined adversely to it, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the Company's future business, consolidated results of operations, cash flows or financial position. From time to time, the Company may be involved in various legal proceedings arising from the normal course of our business activities. On July 24, 2013 the Company settled the previously disclosed litigation involving a former employee. The settlement cost was recorded as a charge in the quarter ended June 30, 2013 and was not material to the Company's results of operations.

Guarantees

The Company from time to time enters into certain types of contracts that contingently require it to indemnify various parties against claims from third parties. These contracts primarily relate to (i) certain real estate leases, under which the Company may be required to indemnify property owners for environmental and other liabilities, and other claims arising from the Company’s use of the applicable premises; (ii) certain agreements with the Company’s officers, directors, and employees, under which the Company may be required to indemnify such persons for liabilities arising out of their relationship with the Company; (iii) contracts under which the Company may be required to indemnify customers against third-party claims that a Company product infringes a patent, copyright, or other intellectual property right; and (iv) procurement or license agreements, under which the Company may be required to indemnify licensors or vendors for certain claims that may be brought against them arising from the Company’s acts or omissions with respect to the supplied products or technology.

Generally, a maximum obligation under these contracts is not explicitly stated. Because the obligated amounts associated with these types of agreements are not explicitly stated, the overall maximum amount of the obligation cannot be reasonably estimated. Historically, the Company has not been required to make payments under these obligations, and no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

Contract Manufacturer

As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 the Company has commitments to its contract manufacturer of $7.9 million and $7.1 million. These commitments include raw materials, work in progress and scheduled future orders. Should the Company be required to pay under this guarantee, the Company has the right to obtain and liquidate the related inventory to recover amounts paid under the guarantee.

6. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants

Upon the closing of the IPO in May 2013, all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock were converted into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis.

Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

On various dates throughout 2007, 2008 and 2009, the Company issued warrants to purchase 12,806 shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock and 102,195 shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock at exercise prices of $1.30 and $2.45 per share. These warrants were exercisable on various dates throughout 2013, 2014 and 2015.

Upon closing of the IPO, warrants to purchase 894,596 shares of convertible preferred stock were net exercised resulting in the issuance of 792,361 shares of common stock. Warrants to purchase 115,001 shares of convertible preferred stock were converted into warrants to purchase common stock at the original exercise price per share. In November 2013, the remaining warrants to purchase common stock were net exercised resulting in the issuance of 83,349 shares of common stock.

Prior to the closing of the IPO, the Company re-measured the fair value of the preferred stock warrants at each balance sheet date. The fair value of the outstanding warrant was classified within current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets, and any changes in fair value were recognized as a component of other income (expenses), net in the consolidated statements of operations.

Upon the closing of the IPO, the preferred stock warrant liability was reclassified from current liabilities to stockholders’ equity and the Company will no longer record any mark-to-market changes in the fair value of the remaining outstanding common stock warrants. The Company performed the final re-measurement of the warrant in connection with the completion of the IPO in May 2013.

76

Cyan, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The fair value of the outstanding preferred stock warrants was determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. The fair value of the preferred stock warrant was estimated using the following assumptions for the periods presented below:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Expected term (years)	0.48-3.24		0.80-3.49		1.89-4.49
Volatility	55	%	55	%	55	%
Risk-free interest rate	0.22-0.68%		0.25-0.36%		0.25-0.83%
Dividend yield	—		—		—

The change in the fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability during the periods presented is summarized below (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012		2011
Opening balance	$	6,254		$	900	$	1,213
Increase (decrease) in Fair Value	2,602			5,354		(313		)
Reclassification of warrant liability to additional paid-in capital	(8,856		)	—		—
Closing balance	$	—		$	6,254	$	900

7. Common Stock

Initial Public Offering

In May 2013, the Company completed its initial public offering of its common stock to the public whereby 8,899,022 shares of common stock were sold by the Company, including 899,022 shares of common stock issued upon the partial exercise of the overallotment option granted to the underwriters. The public offering price of the shares sold in the offering was $11.00 per share.

The total gross proceeds from the offering to the Company were $97.9 million. After deducting underwriters’ discounts and commissions and offering expenses, the aggregate net proceeds received by the Company totaled approximately $87.2 million. Immediately prior to the closing of the IPO, all shares of the Company’s outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock automatically converted into 33,897,005 shares of common stock. As of December 31, 2013 the Company had 46,536,436 shares of common stock issued and outstanding.

Change in Authorized Stock

In March 2013, the Company’s board of directors and stockholders approved an amended and restated certificate of incorporation that became effective in connection with the completion of the IPO. Upon completion of the IPO, the authorized common stock was 1,000,000,000 shares and authorized undesignated preferred stock was 20,000,000 shares.

Employee Stock Options

In March 2013, the Company’s board of directors and stockholders approved the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. A total of 3,600,000 shares of common stock were initially reserved for future issuance under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan plus any shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2006 Stock Plan at the time of completion of the initial public offering and any shares of common stock which are forfeited, canceled or terminated (other than by exercise) under the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan, up to an aggregate of 11,400,000 shares rolled over from the 2006 Stock Plan.

On January 1, 2014, an additional 2,094,194 shares of common stock were reserved for future issuance under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan in accordance with the annual increase provision of the plan.

Generally, stock options are granted with terms of up to 10 years and vest over a period of four years.

A summary of the activity and changes during the year ended December 31, 2013 and a summary of information related to options exercisable and vested and expected to vest are presented below:

77

Cyan, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Shares Available for Grant		Number of Shares Outstanding		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2012	1,242,353		10,212,760		$	2.49	8.40	59,456
Options reserved	4,600,000		—		—
Options granted	(3,694,163	)	3,694,163		$	9.25
Options exercised	—		(289,479	)	$	1.42
Options forfeited	659,502		(659,502	)	$	3.12
Balance at December 31, 2013	2,807,692		12,957,942		$	4.33	7.78	27,629
Options vested and expected to vest - December 31, 2013			11,570,270		$	4.14	7.69	$	25,480
Options exercisable - December 31, 2013			5,395,697		$	2.17	6.68	$	17,519

The fair value of options granted to employees during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was approximately $18.4 million, $13.3 million and $2.0 million. The Company determined the fair value of each option grant on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using the following factors:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013	2012		2011
Expected term (years)	6.08	6.08		6.08
Volatility	46-55%	55	%	55-56.7%
Risk-free interest rate	0.70-1.75%	0.62-1.02%		0.97-2.25%
Dividend yield	—	—		—

The following table summarizes the allocation of stock-based compensation in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

	Year ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Cost of revenue	$	160	$	57	$	73
Research and development	2,348		745		338
Sales and marketing	2,165		656		229
General and administrative	2,576		639		125
Total stock-based compensation	$	7,249	$	2,097	$	765

The weighted-average fair value per share of options granted was $4.99, $2.15 and $1.28 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.  The intrinsic value of employee options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $1.5 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million. At December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 the total unamortized stock-based compensation expense of approximately $25.7 million, $11.7 million and $2.2 million, is to be recognized over the stock options’ remaining vesting term of approximately 2.77 years, 3.22 years and 3.26 years.

8. Net Loss Per Share

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except per share data):

	Year ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Net loss	$	(40,732	)	$	(16,601	)	$	(15,885	)
Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share	30,836			2,515			2,396
Basic and diluted net loss per share	$	(1.32	)	$	(6.60	)	$	(6.63	)

78

Cyan, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following securities were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders because their effect would have been anti-dilutive for the periods presented (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013	2012	2011
Redeemable convertible preferred stock	—	33,897	33,897
Employee stock options	12,958	10,213	4,446
Convertible preferred stock warrants	—	1,010	1,010
	12,958	45,120	39,353

9. Income Taxes

The following table presents domestic and foreign components of loss before provision for income taxes (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
United States	$	(39,068	)	$	(16,725	)	$	(15,939	)
Foreign	(1,521		)	164			68
Total	$	(40,589	)	$	(16,561	)	$	(15,871	)

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012		2011
Current:
Federal	$	—		$	—	$	—
State	20			6		1
Foreign	156			34		13
Total	176			$	40	$	14
Deferred:
Federal	—			—		—
State	—			—		—
Foreign	(33		)	—		—
Total	(33		)	—		—
Total provision	$	143		$	40	$	14

The following table presents a reconciliation of the statutory federal rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for the periods presented:

79

Cyan, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Federal income tax at statutory rate	34.0	%	34.0	%	34.0	%
State income tax, net of federal benefit	2.0		5.2		7.4
Foreign taxes at less than statutory rate	(1.6	)	0.1		0.1
Intercompany transactions	(21.4	)	—		—
Nondeductible stock-based compensation	(2.9	)	(3.0	)	(1.4	)
Nondeductible warrant fair value adjustment	(2.2	)	(11.0	)	0.7
Other permanent differences	(0.4	)	—		(0.4	)
Tax credits generated in current year	4.1		—		2.9
Valuation allowance change	(12.0	)	(25.5	)	(43.3	)
Total	(0.4	)%	(0.2	)%	—	%

As a result of the Company’s history of net operating losses, the domestic provision for income taxes relates to accruals for state minimum and capital base income taxes and the foreign provision for income taxes are associated with non-U.S. operations.

The Company had unrecorded excess stock option tax benefits of $0.1 million as of December 31, 2013. These amounts will be credited to additional paid-in capital when such amounts reduce cash taxes payable.

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The following table presents significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2013			2012
Deferred revenue	$	2,417		$	206
Depreciation and amortization	(1,326		)	(241		)
Accrued expenses and reserves	4,319			1,485
Loss carryforwards	27,687			29,149
Tax credit carryforwards	5,870			3,462
Contribution carryforwards	1			1
	38,968			34,062
Valuation allowance	(38,937		)	(34,062		)
Net deferred tax assets	$	31		$	—

A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company established a full valuation allowance to offset domestic net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 due to the uncertainty of realizing future tax benefits from its net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards and other deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance increased by approximately $4.9 million and $4.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had $81.5 million of federal and $75.9 million of state net operating loss carryforwards and $4.5 million of federal and $4.9 million of California research tax credit carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income. These net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2026 for U.S. federal income tax and 2014 for state income tax purposes, and the research tax credit carryforwards begin to expire in 2027 for federal purposes, but do not expire for California purposes.

Under Section 382 of the Tax Reform Act of 1986 and similar state provisions, the amounts of benefits from NOL and tax credit carryforwards may be impaired or limited on an annual basis in the event that the Company has a cumulative ownership change of more than 50%, as defined, over a three-year period. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of the NOL and tax credit carryforwards before utilization. The impact of any limitation that may be imposed due to current or future issuances of equity securities, including issuances with respect to acquisitions, has not been determined.

80

Cyan, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Company has not provided for U.S. taxes on its foreign earnings, which are intended to be indefinitely reinvested outside the U.S.  As of December 31, 2013 the Company had cumulative undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries of approximately $0.2 million, which are intended to be reinvested outside the U.S and for which no U.S. income or foreign withholding taxes have been recorded. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability with respect to such earnings is not practicable. The additional taxes on the earnings of foreign subsidiaries, if remitted, would be partially offset by U.S. tax credits for foreign taxes already paid.

The Company has total unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 of approximately $6.6 million, $1.4 million and $1.2 million. No amount of the unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would reduce the Company’s annual effective tax rate because the benefits are in the form of deferred tax assets for which a full valuation allowance has been recorded. The Company does not anticipate a significant change to its unrecognized tax benefits over the next twelve months. The following table reflects changes in the unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Unrecognized tax benefits as of the beginning of the year	$	1,444	$	1,212	$	899
Increase related to prior year tax provisions	202		—		—
Decrease related to prior year tax provisions	—		—		—
Increase related to current year tax provisions	4,980		232		313
Unrecognized tax benefits as of the end of the year	$	6,626	$	1,444	$	1,212

The Company recognizes interest accrued and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the income tax provision. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company accrued no interest and penalties in the statement of financial position. Total interest and penalties included in the statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are each zero.

The Company files income tax returns in the United States, various states and certain foreign jurisdictions. The tax periods 2006 through 2013 remain open in most jurisdictions. The Company is not currently under examination by income tax authorities in federal, state or other foreign jurisdiction.

10. Employee Benefit Plan

The Company provides a defined contribution savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan covers substantially all employees who meet minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis. Company contributions to the plan may be made at the discretion of the board of directors. There were no employer contributions under this plan for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

11. Concentration

Customers with a receivables balance of 10% or greater of the total receivables, which includes accounts receivable and lease receivables, and customers with revenue of 10% or greater of the total revenue are as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,						As of December 31,
	2013		2012		2011		2013	2012
	Percentage of Revenue						Percentage of Receivables
Windstream	39	%	45	%	37	%	*	22	%
Telephone and Data Systems, Inc. (TDS)	11	%	*		*		*	*

*Represents less than 10%

81

Cyan, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

12. Segment Information

The Company considers operating segments to be components of the Company in which separate financial information is available and is evaluated regularly by the Company’s chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The chief operating decision maker for the Company is the Chief Executive Officer.

The Company’s material operating segments, which are geographic based, qualify for aggregation due to their customer base and similarities in economic characteristics, nature of products and services, and processes for procurement, manufacturing and distribution. Consequently, the Company has one reportable business segment.

Revenue information by location is presented below (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
United States	$	106,341	$	91,078	$	40,017
Other	10,241		4,794		404
Total revenue	$	116,582	$	95,872	$	40,421

Property and equipment, net by location is presented below (in thousands):

	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
United States	$	10,977	$	6,485
Other	178		—
Total property and equipment, net	$	11,155	$	6,485

13. Related Parties

In addition to the related party identified above, a venture capital firm that is a greater than 10% stockholder of the Company is a subsidiary of the financial institution that manages the Company's portfolio of marketable securities. The managing partner of this particular venture capital firm is also a member of the Company's board of directors.

82

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management has evaluated, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2013. Based on their evaluation as of December 31, 2013, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by us in this Annual Report on Form 10K was (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations and (ii) accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

Not applicable.

Item 9B. Other information

None.

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by Item 10 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is included under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Executive Officers,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and “Corporate Governance” in our Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 (the “2014 Proxy Statement”) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by Item 11 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is included under the caption “Compensation of Executive Officers” in our 2014 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. The 2014 Proxy Statement will be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which this report relates.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is included under the captions “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in our 2014 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by Item 13 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is included under the captions “Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons” and “Corporate Governance” in our 2014 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by Item 14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated under the captions “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Fees” and “Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures” in our 2014 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

83

Part IV.

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(1) Consolidated Financial Statements

See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements at Item 8 herein.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

Schedules not listed have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes herein.

(3) Exhibits

See the Exhibit Index immediately following the signature page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

84

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on March 25, 2014.

	CYAN, INC.
By:	/s/ Mark A. Floyd
	Mark A. Floyd
	Chief Executive Officer and
	Chairman of the Board of Directors
	(Principal Executive Officer)
By:	/s/ Michael W. Zellner
	Michael W. Zellner
	Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
	(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ Mark A. Floyd	Chief Executive Officer and
Mark A. Floyd	Chairman of the Board of Directors	March 25, 2014
	(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Michael W. Zellner	Vice President and Chief Financial	March 25, 2014
Michael W. Zellner	Officer (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)
/s/ Michael L. Hatfield
Michael L. Hatfield	President and Director	March 25, 2014
/s/ Paul A. Ferris
Paul A. Ferris	Director	March 25, 2014
/s/ Promod Haque
Promod Haque	Director	March 25, 2014
/s/ M. Niel Ransom
M. Niel Ransom	Director	March 25, 2014
/s/ Michael J. Boustridge
Michael J. Boustridge	Director	March 25, 2014
/s/ Robert E. Switz
Robert E. Switz	Director	March 25, 2014

85

Exhibit Index

		Incorporated by Reference Herein
Exhibit Number	Exhibit Description	Filed Herewith	Form / File No.	Exhibit	Exhibit Filing Date
3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.	X
3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant.	X
4.1	Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated December 9, 2011, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.		Form S-1 (No. 333-187732)	4.1	April 4, 2013
10.1+	Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.		Form S-1 (No. 333-187732)	10.1	April 4, 2013
10.2.1+	2006 Stock Plan.		Form S-1 (No. 333-187732)	10.2.1	April 4, 2013
10.2.2+	Form of Option Grant Notice and Option Agreement for 2006 Stock Plan: New Hire U.S. Executive.		Form S-1 (No. 333-187732)	10.2.2	April 4, 2013
10.2.3+	Form of Option Grant Notice and Option Agreement for 2006 Stock Plan: New Hire U.S. Non-Executive.		Form S-1 (No. 333-187732)	10.2.3	April 4, 2013
10.2.4+	Form of Option Grant Notice and Option Agreement for 2006 Stock Plan: U.S. Director.		Form S-1 (No. 333-187732)	10.2.4	April 4, 2013
10.2.5+	Form of Option Grant Notice and Option Agreement for 2006 Stock Plan: Refresh Grant U.S. Executive.		Form S-1 (No. 333-187732)	10.2.5	April 4, 2013
10.2.6+	Form of Option Grant Notice and Option Agreement for 2006 Stock Plan: Refresh Grant U.S. Non-Executive.		Form S-1 (No. 333-187732)	10.2.6	April 4, 2013
10.2.7+	Form of Option Grant Notice and Option Agreement for 2006 Stock Plan: New Hire Non-U.S. Non-Executive.		Form S-1 (No. 333-187732)	10.2.7	April 4, 2013
10.3.1+	2013 Equity Incentive Plan		Form S-1 (No. 333-187732)	10.3.1	April 4, 2013
10.3.2+	Form of U.S. Stock Option Award Agreement for 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.		Form S-1 (No. 333-187732)	10.1.2	April 4, 2013
10.3.3+	Form of U.S. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.		Form S-1 (No. 333-187732)	10.3.3	April 4, 2013
10.3.4+	Form of Non-U.S. Stock Option Award Agreement for 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.		Form S-1 (No. 333-187732)	10.3.4	April 4, 2013
10.3.5+	Form of Non-U.S. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.		Form S-1 (No. 333-187732)	10.3.5	April 4, 2013
10.4+	Offer Letter by and between the Registrant and Mark Floyd, dated May 4, 2012.		Form S-1 (No. 333-187732)	10.4	April 4, 2013
10.5+	Offer Letter by and between the Registrant and Norm Foust, dated January 8, 2007.		Form S-1 (No. 333-187732)	10.6	April 4, 2013
10.6+	Offer Letter by and between the Registrant and James A. Hamilton, dated February 18, 2013.		Form S-1 (No. 333-187732)	10.7	April 4, 2013
10.7+	Offer Letter by and between the Registrant and Scott Pradels, dated November 2, 2006.		Form S-1 (No. 333-187732)	10.8	April 4, 2013
10.8+	Offer Letter by and between the Registrant and Kenneth Siegel, dated August 23, 2012.		Form S-1 (No. 333-187732)	10.9	April 4, 2013
10.9+	Offer Letter by and between the Registrant and Michael W. Zellner, dated February 15, 2013.		Form S-1 (No. 333-187732)	10.10	April 4, 2013
10.10+	Form of Severance and Change in Control Agreement between the Registrant and each of its executive officers.		Form S-1 (No. 333-187732)	10.11	April 4, 2013
10.11†	Flextronics Manufacturing Services Agreement by and between the Registrant and Flextronics Telecom Systems Ltd., dated June 22, 2007, as amended.		Form S-1 (No. 333-187732)	10.12	April 4, 2013
10.12	Loan and Security Agreement by and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated December 21, 2012.		Form S-1 (No. 333-187732)	10.14	April 4, 2013
10.13+	Non-Sales Incentive Compensation Plan		Form 8-K (No. 333-188467)	10.1	May 28, 2013
10.14.1	Full Service Lease by and between the Registrant and Redwood Technology Center, LLC, and Redwood Business Center 1, LLC as successor in interest, dated April 25, 2007, as amended September 4, 2012.		Form S-1 (No. 333-187732)	10.13	April 4, 2013
10.14.2	Fourth Amendment to Full Service Lease by and between the Registrant and Redwood Technology Center, LLC, and Redwood Business Center 1, LLC, dated March 1, 2013.		Form 10-Q (No. 001-35904)	10.1	August 13, 2013
10.14.3	Fifth Amendment to Full Service Lease by and between the Registrant and Redwood Technology Center, LLC, and Redwood Business Center 1, LLC, dated July 2, 2013.		Form 10-Q (No. 001-35904)	10.2	August 13, 2013
10.14.4	Sixth Amendment to Full Service Lease by and between the Registrant and Redwood Technology Center, LLC, and Redwood Business Center 1, LLC, dated July 29, 2013.		Form 10-Q (No. 001-35904)	10.3	August 13, 2013
10.15.1	Full Service Lease by and among the Registrant and Redwood Business Center 1 LLC and Amerivine Town Center LLC, dated July 2, 2013.		Form 10-Q (No. 001-35904)	10.4	August 13, 2013
10.15.2	First Amendment dated July 29, 2013 to Full Service Lease by and among the Registrant and Redwood Business Center 1 LLC and Amerivine Town Center LLC, dated July 29, 2013.		Form 10-Q (No. 001-35904)	10.5	August 13, 2013
10.16.1	Amended & Restated Master Lease by and between the Registrant and Windstream Supply LLC, dated September 27, 2013.		Form 10-Q (No. 001-35904)	10.1	November 13, 2013
10.16.2	Amended & Restated Master Equipment Lease Commitment Agreement by and between the Registrant and Windstream Supply LLC, dated September 27, 2013.		Form 10-Q (No. 001-35904)	10.2	November 13, 2013
10.16.3	Continuing Guaranty agreement by and between the Registrant and Windstream Supply LLC, dated August 27, 2013.		Form 10-Q (No. 001-35904)	10.3	November 13, 2013
21.1	List of Subsidiaries	X
23.1	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.	X
24.1	Power of Attorney (attached to the signature page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).	X
31.1	Certification of Principal Executive Officer Required Under Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.	X
31.2	Certification of Principal Financial Officer Required Under Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.	X
32.1(1)	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	X
32.2(1)	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	X
101.INS (2)	XBRL Instance Document	X
101.SCH (2)	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document	X
101.CAL (2)	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document	X
101.DEF (2)	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document	X
101.LAB (2)	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document	X
101.PRE (2)	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document	X

+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.

† Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from the registration statement and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(1) This certification is deemed not filed for purpose of section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, nor shall it be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

(2) Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the Interactive Data Files on Exhibit 101 hereto are deemed not “filed” for purposes of section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, nor shall they be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

EX-3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

CYAN, INC.

a Delaware corporation

Cyan, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies as follows:

A.    The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 25, 2006 under the name “Cyan Optics, Inc.”.

B.    This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), and restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

C.    The text of the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLEI

The name of the Corporation is Cyan, Inc.

ARTICLEII

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLEIII

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which Corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLEIV

4.1Authorized Capital Stock. The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 1,020,000,000 shares, consisting of 1,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), and 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”).

4.2Increase or Decrease in Authorized Capital Stock. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting

Cyan, Inc. A&R Cert. of Incorp1

power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), voting together as a single class, without a separate vote of the holders of the class or classes the number of authorized shares of which are being increased or decreased, unless a vote by any holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock is required by the express terms of any series of Preferred Stock as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.4 of this Article IV.

4.3Common Stock.

(a)The holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each such share on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders on which the holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to vote. Except as otherwise required by law or this certificate of incorporation (this “Certificate of Incorporation” which term, as used herein, shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock) and subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall have the right to vote for the election of directors and on all other matters properly submitted to a vote of the stockholders; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms, number of shares, powers, designations, preferences, or relative participating, optional or other special rights (including, without limitation, voting rights), or to qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, by any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

(b)Subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions (payable in cash, property or capital stock of the Corporation) when, as and if declared thereon by the Board of Directors from time to time out of any assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor and shall share equally on a per share basis in such dividends and distributions.

(c)In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock in respect thereof, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them.

4.4    Preferred Stock.

(a)The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions providing for such issue duly adopted by the Board of Directors (authority to do so being hereby expressly vested in the Board of Directors). The Board of Directors is further authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions and to set forth in a certification of designations filed pursuant to the DGCL the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participation, optional or other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, of any wholly unissued series of Preferred

Cyan, Inc. A&R Cert. of Incorp2

Stock, including without limitation authority to fix by resolution or resolutions that dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing.

(b)The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series, the number of which was fixed by it, subsequent to the issuance of shares of such series then outstanding, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in the Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series. If the number of shares of any series is so decreased, then the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

ARTICLEV

5.1General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

5.2Number of Directors; Election; Term.

(d)Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, the number of directors that constitutes the entire Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely by resolution of the Board of Directors.

(e)Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, effective upon the closing date (the “Effective Date”) of the initial sale of shares of common stock in the Corporation’s initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The initial assignment of members of the Board of Directors to each such class shall be made by the Board of Directors. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Date, each of the successors elected to replace the directors of a Class whose term shall have expired at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third annual meeting next succeeding his or her election and until his or her respective successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, if the number of directors that constitutes the Board of Directors is changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned by the Board of Directors among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Cyan, Inc. A&R Cert. of Incorp3

(f)Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.2, and subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, or removal.

(g)Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

5.3Removal. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, a director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the Corporation only for cause.

5.4Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, and except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, at any meeting of the Board of Directors. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been assigned by the Board of Directors and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified.

ARTICLEVI

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLEVII

7.1No Action by Written Consent of Stockholders. Except as otherwise expressly provided by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock permitting the holders of such series of Preferred Stock to act by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders and may not be effected by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

7.2Special Meetings. Except as otherwise expressly provided by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock permitting the holders of such series of Preferred Stock to call a special meeting of the holders of such series, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors, the chairperson of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer or the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), and the ability of the stockholders to call a special meeting is hereby specifically denied. The Board of Directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.

7.3Advance Notice. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

7.4Exclusive Jurisdiction. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent

Cyan, Inc. A&R Cert. of Incorp4

permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee or agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, or (v) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensible parties named as defendants therein. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 7.4.

ARTICLEVIII

8.1Limitation of Personal Liability. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

8.2Indemnification.

(a)The Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board.

(b)The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

(c)Any repeal or amendment of this Article VIII by the stockholders of the Corporation or by changes in law, or the adoption of any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VIII will, unless otherwise required by law, be prospective

Cyan, Inc. A&R Cert. of Incorp5

only (except to the extent such amendment or change in law permits the Corporation to further limit or eliminate the liability of directors) and shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision.

ARTICLEIX

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation (including any rights, preferences or other designations of Preferred Stock), in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by this Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL; and all rights, preferences and privileges herein conferred upon stockholders by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article IX. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to any other vote that may be required by law or the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66⅔% of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, alter or repeal, or adopt any provision as part of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with the purpose and intent of Article V, Article VI, Article VII or this Article IX (including, without limitation, any such Article as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal or adoption of any other Article).

---

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Cyan, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on this 14th day of May 2013.

By:	/s/ Mark A. Floyd
	Mark A. Floyd
	Chief Executive Officer

Cyan, Inc. A&R Cert. of Incorp6

EX-3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

CYAN, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES		1
1.1	REGISTERED OFFICE	1
1.2	OTHER OFFICES	1
ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS		1
2.1	PLACE OF MEETINGS	1
2.2	ANNUAL MEETING	1
2.3	SPECIAL MEETINGS	1
2.4	ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES	2
2.5	NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS	6
2.6	QUORUM	6
2.7	ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE	6
2.8	CONDUCT OF BUSINESS	7
2.9	VOTING	7
2.1	STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING	7
2.11	RECORD DATES	7
2.12	PROXIES	8
2.13	LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE	8
2.14	INSPECTORS OF ELECTION	9
ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS		9
3.1	POWERS	9
3.2	NUMBER OF DIRECTORS	10
3.3	ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS	10
3.4	RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES	10
3.5	PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE	11
3.6	REGULAR MEETINGS	11
3.7	SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE	11
3.8	QUORUM; VOTING	11
3.9	BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING	12
3.1	FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS	12
3.11	REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS	12
ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES		12
4.1	COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS	12
4.2	COMMITTEE MINUTES	13
4.3	MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES	13
4.4	SUBCOMMITTEES	14
ARTICLE V — OFFICERS		14
5.1	OFFICERS	14
5.2	APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS	14
5.3	SUBORDINATE OFFICERS	14
5.4	REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS	14
5.5	VACANCIES IN OFFICES	15
5.6	REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS	15
5.7	AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS	15
ARTICLE VI — STOCK		15
6.1	STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES	15
6.2	SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES	15
6.3	LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES	16
6.4	DIVIDENDS	16
6.5	TRANSFER OF STOCK	16
6.6	STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS	17
6.7	REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS	17
ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER		17
7.1	NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS	17
7.2	NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION	17
7.3	NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS	18
7.4	NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL	18
7.5	WAIVER OF NOTICE	19
ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION		19
8.1	INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS	19
8.2	INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION	19
8.3	SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE	20
8.4	INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS	20
8.5	ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES	20
8.6	LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION	20
8.7	DETERMINATION; CLAIM	21
8.8	NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS	21
8.9	INSURANCE	22
8.1	SURVIVAL	22
8.11	EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION	22
8.12	CERTAIN DEFINITIONS	22
ARTICLE IX — GENERAL MATTERS		22
9.1	EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS	22
9.2	FISCAL YEAR	23
9.3	SEAL	23
9.4	CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS	23
ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS		23

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF CYAN, INC.

ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1    REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of Cyan, Inc. shall be fixed in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation. References in these bylaws to the certificate of incorporation shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock.

1.2    OTHER OFFICES

The corporation’s board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1    PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. The board of directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the corporation’s principal executive office.

2.2    ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, at such time, and at such place (if any) within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the corporation’s notice of the meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

2.3    SPECIAL MEETINGS

(i)    A special meeting of the stockholders, other than those required by statute, may be called at any time only by (A) the board of directors, (B) the chairperson of the board of directors, (C) the chief executive officer or (D) the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer). A special meeting of the stockholders may not be called by any other person or persons. The board of directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.

(ii)    The notice of a special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer). Nothing contained in this Section 2.3(ii) shall be construed as limiting, fixing or

Cyan, Inc. A&R Bylaws-1-

affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the board of directors may be held.

2.4    ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

(i)    Advance Notice of Stockholder Business. At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be brought: (A) pursuant to the corporation’s proxy materials with respect to such meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the board of directors, or (C) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(i) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has timely complied in proper written form with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(i). In addition, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action pursuant to these bylaws and applicable law. Except for proposals properly made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, and the rules and regulations thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations), and included in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the board of directors, for the avoidance of doubt, clause (C) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(a)    To comply with clause (C) of Section 2.4(i) above, a stockholder’s notice must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(i) and must be timely received by the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the 45th day nor earlier than the 75th day before the one-year anniversary of the date on which the corporation first mailed its proxy materials or a notice of availability of proxy materials (whichever is earlier) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 60 days after the one-year anniversary of the date of the previous year’s annual meeting, then, for notice by the stockholder to be timely, it must be so received by the secretary not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting, or (ii) the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such annual meeting is first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section 2.4(i)(a). “Public Announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor thereto (the “1934 Act”).

(b)    To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting: (1) a brief description of the business intended to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (2) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), (3) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated

Cyan, Inc. A&R Bylaws-2-

Person and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, (4) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit from share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, (5) any material interest of the stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person in such business, and (6) a statement whether either such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (1) through (6), a “Business Solicitation Statement”). In addition, to be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must be supplemented not later than five days following the record date for notice of the meeting to disclose the information contained in clauses (3) and (4) above as of the record date for notice of the meeting. For purposes of this Section 2.4, a “Stockholder Associated Person” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and on whose behalf the proposal or nomination, as the case may be, is being made, or (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person referred to in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii).

(c)    Without exception, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(i) and, if applicable, Section 2.4(ii). In addition, business proposed to be brought by a stockholder may not be brought before the annual meeting if such stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business or if the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.4(i), and, if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting that any such business not properly brought before the annual meeting shall not be conducted.

(ii)    Advance Notice of Director Nominations at Annual Meetings. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii) shall be eligible for election or re-election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election or re-election to the board of directors of the corporation shall be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (B) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(ii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the secretary of the corporation.

Cyan, Inc. A&R Bylaws-3-

(a)    To comply with clause (B) of Section 2.4(ii) above, a nomination to be made by a stockholder must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(ii) and must be received by the secretary of the corporation at the principal executive offices of the corporation at the time set forth in, and in accordance with, the final three sentences of Section 2.4(i)(a) above.

(b)    To be in proper written form, such stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth:

(1)    as to each person (a “nominee”) whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the nominee, (D) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of the nominee with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of the nominee, (E) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder, (F) a written statement executed by the nominee acknowledging that as a director of the corporation, the nominee will owe a fiduciary duty under Delaware law with respect to the corporation and its stockholders, and (G) any other information relating to the nominee that would be required to be disclosed about such nominee if proxies were being solicited for the election or re-election of the nominee as a director, or that is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation the nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected or re-elected, as the case may be); and

(2)    as to such stockholder giving notice, (A) the information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (2) through (5) of Section 2.4(i)(b) above, and the supplement referenced in the second sentence of Section 2.4(i)(b) above (except that the references to “business” in such clauses shall instead refer to nominations of directors for purposes of this paragraph), and (B) a statement whether either such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a number of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person to be necessary to elect or re-elect such nominee(s) (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (A) and (B) above, a “Nominee Solicitation Statement”).

(c)    At the request of the board of directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election or re-election as a director must furnish to the secretary of the corporation (1) that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination of such person as a director as of a date subsequent to the date on which the notice of such person’s nomination was given and (2) such other information as may reasonably be required by the corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director or audit committee financial expert of the corporation under applicable law, securities exchange rule or regulation, or any publicly-disclosed corporate governance guideline or committee charter of the corporation and (3) that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee; in the absence of the furnishing of such information if requested,

Cyan, Inc. A&R Bylaws-4-

such stockholder’s nomination shall not be considered in proper form pursuant to this Section 2.4(ii).

(d)    Without exception, no person shall be eligible for election or re-election as a director of the corporation at an annual meeting of stockholders unless nominated in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(iii)    Advance Notice of Director Nominations for Special Meetings.

(a)    For a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected or re-elected, nominations of persons for election or re-election to the board of directors shall be made only (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (2) by any stockholder of the corporation who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(iii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting and (B) delivers a timely written notice of the nomination to the secretary of the corporation that includes the information set forth in Sections 2.4(ii)(b) and (ii)(c) above. To be timely, such notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the board of directors to be elected or re-elected at such meeting. A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at a special meeting unless the person is nominated (i) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (ii) by a stockholder in accordance with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(iii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(b)    The chairperson of the special meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination or business was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination or business shall be disregarded.

(iv)    Other Requirements and Rights. In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect any rights of:

(a)    a stockholder to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act; or

Cyan, Inc. A&R Bylaws-5-

(b)    the corporation to omit a proposal from the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act.

2.5    NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

2.6    QUORUM

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) if the chairperson does not act, the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

2.7    ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the board of directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and Section 2.11 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

Cyan, Inc. A&R Bylaws-6-

2.8    CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall be designated by the board of directors; in the absence of such designation, the chairperson of the board, if any, the chief executive officer (in the absence of the chairperson) or the president (in the absence of the chairperson of the board and the chief executive officer), or in their absence any other executive officer of the corporation, shall serve as chairperson of the stockholder meeting.

2.9    VOTING

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

2.10    STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of stock or series thereof that have been expressly granted the right to take action by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

2.11    RECORD DATES

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the board of directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the board

Cyan, Inc. A&R Bylaws-7-

of directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 2.11 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

2.12    PROXIES

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. A written proxy may be in the form of any means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the means of electronic transmission was authorized by the person.

2.13    LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date. The stockholder list shall be arranged in alphabetical order and show the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose related to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or

Cyan, Inc. A&R Bylaws-8-

(ii) during ordinary business hours, at the corporation’s principal place of business. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

2.14    INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

Before any meeting of stockholders, the board of directors shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector or inspectors so appointed and designated shall (i) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation outstanding and the voting power of each share, (ii) determine the shares of capital stock of the corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, (v) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation represented at the meeting and such inspector or inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots, (vi) determine when the polls shall close; (vii) determine the result; and (viii) do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.

In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the corporation, the inspector or inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS

3.1    POWERS

The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

3.2    NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number

Cyan, Inc. A&R Bylaws-9-

of directors shall be determined from time to time solely by resolution of the board of directors. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3    ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. If so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the corporation shall be divided into three classes.

3.4    RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation; provided, however, that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the director. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. Acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the board of directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, even if the directors in office represent less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. If the directors are divided into classes, a person so elected by the directors then in office to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board of directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

3.5    PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

The board of directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Cyan, Inc. A&R Bylaws-10-

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6    REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board of directors.

3.7    SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors, at such times and places as he or she or they shall designate.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i)delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii)sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii)sent by facsimile; or

(iv)sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

3.8    QUORUM; VOTING

At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

Cyan, Inc. A&R Bylaws-11-

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

3.9    BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board of directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board of directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

3.10    FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

3.11    REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

A director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES

4.1    COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the corporation.

Cyan, Inc. A&R Bylaws-12-

4.2    COMMITTEE MINUTES

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

4.3    MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i)Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

(ii)Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

(iii)Section 3.7 (special meetings; notice);

(iv)Section 3.8 (quorum; voting);

(v)Section 3.9 (action without a meeting); and

(vi) Section 7.5 (waiver of notice)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members. In addition, the following provisions shall apply:

the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined by resolution of the committee;

special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the committee; and

notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee.

The board of directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

4.4    SUBCOMMITTEES

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the board of directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

Cyan, Inc. A&R Bylaws-13-

ARTICLE V — OFFICERS

5.1    OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall be a president and a secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairperson of the board of directors, a vice chairperson of the board of directors, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2    APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

The board of directors shall appoint the officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in this Section 5 for the regular election to such office.

5.3    SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The board of directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers (other than president, secretary, chairperson of the board of directors, vice chairperson of the board of directors, chief executive officer and chief financial officer) and agents as the business of the corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

5.4    REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written or electronic notice to the corporation; provided, however, that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the officer. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

Cyan, Inc. A&R Bylaws-14-

5.5    VACANCIES IN OFFICES

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors or as provided in Section 5.3.

5.6    REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

The chairperson of the board of directors, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

5.7    AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

All officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the board of directors.

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

6.1    STOCK CERTIFICATES

The shares of the corporation’s stock shall be represented by uncertificated shares, as previously authorized by the board of directors for all newly issued shares of the Corporation’s stock, or certificated shares if provided by a resolution of the board of directors, provided, however, that any shares of stock of the corporation represented by a certificate shall continue to be represented by such certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairperson or vice-chairperson of the board of directors, or the president or vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of such corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. A corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

6.2    SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent

Cyan, Inc. A&R Bylaws-15-

such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this section 6.2 a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

6.3    LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4    DIVIDENDS

The board of directors, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the corporation’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The board of directors may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

6.5    TRANSFER OF STOCK

Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer; provided, however, that such succession, assignment or authority to transfer is not prohibited by the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, applicable law or contract.

Cyan, Inc. A&R Bylaws-16-

6.6    STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

6.7    REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

The corporation:

(i)shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii)shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii)shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1    NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the corporation’s records. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

7.2    NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i)the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(ii)such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Cyan, Inc. A&R Bylaws-17-

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

(i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

(iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

7.3    NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

7.4    NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

Cyan, Inc. A&R Bylaws-18-

7.5    WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given to stockholders, directors or other persons under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders or the board of directors, as the case may be, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION

8.1    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director of the corporation or an officer of the corporation, or while a director of the corporation or officer of the corporation is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

8.2    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or while a director or officer of the corporation is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court

Cyan, Inc. A&R Bylaws-19-

of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

8.3    SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

8.4    INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and its agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The board of directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified to such person or persons as the board of determines.

8.5    ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems reasonably appropriate and shall be subject to the corporation’s expense guidelines. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any claim for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 8.6(ii) or 8.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.

8.6    LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

Subject to the requirements in Section 8.3 and the DGCL, the corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article VIII in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i)    for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(ii)    for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

Cyan, Inc. A&R Bylaws-20-

(iii)    for any reimbursement of the corporation by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the corporation, as required in each case under the 1934 Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the corporation of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iv)    initiated by such person against the corporation or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the corporation provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under Section 8.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(v)    if prohibited by applicable law; provided, however, that if any provision or provisions of this Article VIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (1) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (2) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

8.7    DETERMINATION; CLAIM

If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the corporation of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. The corporation shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the corporation under this Article VIII, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

8.8    NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

Cyan, Inc. A&R Bylaws-21-

8.9    INSURANCE

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

8.10    SURVIVAL

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

8.11    EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

8.12    CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.

ARTICLE IX — GENERAL MATTERS

9.1    EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any document or instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such

Cyan, Inc. A&R Bylaws-22-

authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

9.2    FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors.

9.3    SEAL

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the board of directors. The corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

9.4    CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both an entity and a natural person.

ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the total voting power of outstanding voting securities, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders of the corporation to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any bylaw inconsistent with, the following provisions of these bylaws: Article II, Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 and 3.11 of Article III, Article VIII and this Article X (including, without limitation, any such Article or Section as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal, or adoption of any other Bylaw). The board of directors shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws; provided, however, that a bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the board of directors.

Cyan, Inc. A&R Bylaws-23-

CYAN, INC.

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary or Assistant Secretary of Cyan, Inc., a Delaware corporation and that the foregoing bylaws, comprising 23 pages, were amended and restated on May 14, 2013 by the corporation’s board of directors.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his or her hand this 14^th day of May, 2013.

/s/ Kenneth M. Siegel

Secretary

EX-21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF CYAN, INC.

Name	Jurisdiction of Incorporation
Cyan International Holdings C.V.	United States
Cyan International Holdings B.V.	Netherlands

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.333-188467) pertaining to the Cyan, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan and the Cyan, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan of our report dated March 25, 2014, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Cyan, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2013.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Redwood City, California
March 25, 2014

EX-31.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Mark Floyd, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cyan, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Mark A. Floyd	Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors (Principal Executive Officer)	March 25, 2014
Mark A. Floyd

EX-31.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Michael Zellner, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cyan, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Michael W. Zellner	Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)	March 25, 2014
Michael W. Zellner

EX-32.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Mark Floyd, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge, the Annual Report of Cyan, Inc. on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the information contained in such Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Cyan, Inc.

/s/ Mark A. Floyd	Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors (Principal Executive Officer)	March 25, 2014
Mark A. Floyd

EX-32.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Michael Zellner, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge, the Annual Report of Cyan, Inc. on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the information contained in such Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Cyan, Inc.

/s/ Michael W. Zellner	Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)	March 25, 2014
Michael W. Zellner

XML

Balance Sheet Components - Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable [Roll Forward]
Opening balance	$ 0
Provision for doubtful accounts	643
Write offs	(496)
Closing balance	$ 147

XML

Common Stock - Summary of Stock Options Activity (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Additional General Disclosures [Abstract]
Shares Available for Grant, Beginning of period	1,242,353
Shares Available for Grant, Options reserved	4,600,000
Shares Available for Grant, Options granted	(3,694,163)
Shares Available for Grant, Options exercised	0
Shares Available for Grant, Options forfeited	659,502
Shares Available for Grant, End of period	2,807,692	1,242,353
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Outstanding [Roll Forward]
Number of Shares Outstanding, Beginning of period	10,212,760
Number of Shares Outstanding, Options reserved	0
Number of Shares Outstanding, Options granted	3,694,163
Number of Shares Outstanding, Options exercised	(289,479)
Number of Shares Outstanding, Options forfeited	(659,502)
Number of Shares Outstanding, End of period	12,957,942	10,212,760
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price [Abstract]
Weighted Average Exercise Price, Beginning of period	$ 2.49
Weighted Average Exercise Price, Options reserved	$ 0.00
Weighted Average Exercise Price, Options granted	$ 9.25
Weighted Average Exercise Price, Options exercised	$ 1.42
Weighted Average Exercise Price, Options forfeited	$ 3.12
Weighted Average Exercise Price, End of period	$ 4.33	$ 2.49
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Vested and Expected to Vest [Abstract]
Number of Shares Outstanding, Options vested and expected to vest, End of period	11,570,270
Weighted Average Exercise Price, Options vested and expected to vest, End of period	$ 4.14
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years), Options vested and expected to vest	7 years 8 months 8 days
Aggregate Intrinsic Value, Options vested and expected to vest, end of period	$ 25,480
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Additional Disclosures [Abstract]
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	7 years 9 months 10 days	8 years 4 months 24 days
Aggregate Intrinsic Value	27,629	59,456
Number of Shares Outstanding, Options exercisable, End of period	5,395,697
Weighted Average Exercise Price, Options exercisable, End of period	$ 2.17
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years), Options exercisable	6 years 8 months 4 days
Aggregate Intrinsic Value, Options exercisable, end of period	$ 17,519

XML

Commitments and Contingencies - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	1 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Jul. 31, 2013	Apr. 30, 2007 sqft	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Property Subject to or Available for Operating Lease [Line Items]
Office premises for lease		22,780
Term of lease	10 years	6 years
Total base rent payable	$ 11,500,000
Renewal term	5 years
Percentage of interest in limited liability company from which the Company is leasing building			40.00%
Total deferred rent			600,000	300,000
Rent expense			800,000	500,000	400,000
Commitments to contract manufacturer			7,900,000	7,100,000
Term 1 [Member]
Property Subject to or Available for Operating Lease [Line Items]
Base rent	46,012
Term 1 [Member] | Property Subject to Operating Lease [Member]
Property Subject to or Available for Operating Lease [Line Items]
Area of commercial building leased	20,005
Term 2 [Member]
Property Subject to or Available for Operating Lease [Line Items]
Base rent	$ 91,904
Term 2 [Member] | Property Subject to Operating Lease [Member]
Property Subject to or Available for Operating Lease [Line Items]
Area of commercial building leased	38,778

XML

Related Parties (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013
Related Party Transactions [Abstract]
Ownership percentage by third party, greater than	10.00%

XML

Common Stock - Black-Scholes-Merton Option-Pricing Model (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Expected term (years)	6 years 0 months 29 days	6 years 0 months 29 days	6 years 0 months 29 days
Volatility		55.00%
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Minimum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Volatility	46.00%		55.00%
Risk-free interest rate	0.70%	0.62%	0.97%
Maximum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Volatility	55.00%		56.70%
Risk-free interest rate	1.75%	1.02%	2.25%

XML

Debt - Additional Information (Detail) (Loan and Security Agreement [Member], Silicon Valley Bank [Member], USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 21, 2012
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Loan facility, maximum borrowing capacity			$ 15,000,000.0
Loan facility description	For the first 12 months following each term loan advance, each term loan advance bears interest at a floating rate equal to the prime rate, plus 0.50%. Thereafter, each term loan advance bears interest at a fixed rate equal to the prime rate on the date following such 12 month period, plus 0.50%.
Termination date of Loan facility	Dec. 21, 2014
Loan payable in number of installments	36
Expected interest rate increase	5.00%
Revolving loans [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Loan facility, maximum borrowing capacity			10,000,000.0
Loan facility, amount outstanding	0	7,600,000
Numeric percent in valuation of floating rate	3.25%
Prime rate in valuation of floating rate	3.25%	3.25%
Term loan [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Loan facility, maximum borrowing capacity			5,000,000.0
Loan facility, amount outstanding	$ 5,000,000	$ 5,000,000
Additional percent with prime rate in valuation of floating rate	0.50%
Bears interest at fixed rate	0.50%

XML

Organization and Significant Accounting Policies - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended			1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended	1 Months Ended				12 Months Ended
	May 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Nov. 30, 2013 Common Stock [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Common Stock [Member]	May 31, 2013 IPO [Member]	May 31, 2013 IPO [Member] Preferred Stock [Member]	May 31, 2013 IPO [Member] Common Stock [Member]	May 31, 2013 IPO [Member] Warrant [Member] Warrants To Purchase Convertible Preferred Stock Converted To Warrants To Purchase Common Stock [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Minimum [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Maximum [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Property and Equipment [Member] Minimum [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Property and Equipment [Member] Maximum [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Leasehold improvements Minimum [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Leasehold improvements Maximum [Member]
Conversion of Stock [Line Items]
Property and equipment, useful life													3 years	5 years	5 years	10 years
Initial public offering common stock sold to public, shares						8,899,022	8,899,022
Overallotment option granted to the underwriters, shares							899,022
Conversion of stock, shares converted								33,897,005		115,001
Payment terms to customers											30 days	90 days
Software license term											12 months	36 months
Aggregate net proceeds from offering, net of underwriting discounts and commissions	$ 87,200,000	$ 87,394,000	$ 0	$ 0			$ 87,200,000
Outstanding warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock converted into shares of common stock, shares					83,349				792,361
Allowance for doubtful accounts		147,000	0
Threshold recognizes tax benefit		50.00%
Lease term		3 years
Total lease receivable		604,000	0
Allowance for credit losses		0
Advertising costs		$ 300,000	$ 200,000	$ 100,000
Warranty period description		The Company generally offers limited warranties for its hardware products for periods of one to eight years.
Minimum warranty term		1 year
Maximum warranty term		8 years

XML

Net Loss Per Share - Calculation of Basic and Diluted Net Loss Per Share (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Earnings Per Share [Abstract]
Net loss	$ (40,732)	$ (16,601)	$ (15,885)
Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share	30,836	2,515	2,396
Basic and diluted net loss per share	$ (1.32)	$ (6.60)	$ (6.63)

XML

Debt (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Estimated Principal Payments of Term Loan

The estimated principal payments of the term loan are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31:
2014	$	1,604
2015	1,666
2016	1,730
	$	5,000

XML

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants - Additional Information (Detail)	12 Months Ended				1 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013 Series A Preferred Stock [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Series B Preferred Stock [Member]	May 31, 2013 Convertible preferred stock warrants [Member]	Nov. 30, 2013 Common Stock [Member]	May 31, 2013 IPO [Member] Common Stock [Member]	May 31, 2013 Warrants To Purchase Convertible Preferred Stock Converted To Warrants To Purchase Common Stock [Member] IPO [Member] Warrant [Member]
Equity [Abstract]
Convertible preferred stock, conversion to common stock ratio	1
Class of Warrant or Right [Line Items]
Warrants issued to purchase preferred stock shares		12,806	102,195
Exercise price of warrants		1.30	2.45
Class of warrants exercised				894,596
Outstanding warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock converted into shares of common stock, shares					83,349	792,361
Conversion of stock, shares converted							115,001

XML

Balance Sheet Components - Schedule of Property and Equipment, Net (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	$ 18,958	$ 11,566
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	(7,803)	(5,081)
Property and equipment, net	11,155	6,485
Lab equipment and tooling
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	14,743	8,991
Software
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	667	567
Leasehold improvements
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	1,595	876
Furniture and fixtures
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	974	413
Computer equipment
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	$ 979	$ 719

XML

Balance Sheet Components - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Capital Leases, Future Minimum Payments Receivable, Fiscal Year Maturity [Abstract]
Gross lease receivables were scheduled to mature in 2014	$ 200,000	$ 200,000
Gross lease receivables were scheduled to mature in 2015	200,000	200,000
Gross lease receivables were scheduled to mature in 2016	200,000	200,000
Lease receivables sold	9,200,000
Cash proceeds from sale of lease receivables	9,200,000
Inventory write-down		1,000,000
Depreciation and amortization expense		$ 2,721,000	$ 1,801,000	$ 1,358,000

XML

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants - Change in the Fair Value of the Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Equity [Abstract]
Opening balance	$ 6,254	$ 900	$ 1,213
Increase (decrease) in Fair Value	2,602	5,354	(313)
Reclassification of warrant liability to additional paid-in capital	(8,856)	0	0
Closing balance	$ 0	$ 6,254	$ 900

XML

Segment Information - Additional Information (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013 Segment
Segment Reporting [Abstract]
Number of operating segment	1
Number of reporting segment	1

XML

Income Taxes - Components of Income Tax Expense (Benefit) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Current:
Federal	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0
State	20	6	1
Foreign	156	34	13
Total	176	40	14
Deferred:
Federal	0	0	0
State	0	0	0
Foreign	(33)	0	0
Total	(33)	0	0
Total provision	$ 143	$ 40	$ 14

XML

Debt - Estimated Principal Payments of Term Loan (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013
Debt Disclosure [Abstract]
2014	$ 1,604
2015	1,666
2016	1,730
Total	$ 5,000

XML

Organization and Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Organization and Significant Accounting Policies

Organization and Significant Accounting Policies

Description of the Business — Cyan, Inc. (Cyan or the Company) was incorporated on October 25, 2006, in the state of Delaware and its principal executive offices are located in Petaluma, California. The Company has pioneered innovative, carrier-grade networking solutions that transform disparate and inefficient legacy networks into open, high-performance networks. The Company’s solutions include high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms as well as a carrier-grade software-defined networking platform and applications. The Company’s solutions enable its customers to virtualize their networks, accelerate service delivery and increase scalability and performance while reducing costs. The Company designed its solutions to provide a variety of existing and emerging premium applications including business Ethernet, wireless backhaul, broadband backhaul and cloud connectivity. The Company’s customers range from service providers to high-performance data center and large, private network operators.

Initial Public Offering — In May 2013, the Company closed its initial public offering (IPO) whereby 8,899,022 shares of common stock were sold to the public, including 899,022 shares of common stock issued pursuant to the partial exercise of an overallotment option granted to the underwriters. The aggregate net proceeds received by the Company from the offering were $87.2 million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and issuance expenses. Upon the closing of the IPO, all previously outstanding shares of the Company’s outstanding convertible preferred stock automatically converted into 33,897,005 shares of common stock. In addition, warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock were exercised resulting in the issuance of 792,361 shares of common stock and the remaining outstanding warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock were converted into warrants to purchase 115,001 shares of common stock. In November 2013, the remaining warrants to purchase common stock were net exercised resulting in the issuance of 83,349 shares of common stock.

Principles of Consolidation — The Company's consolidated financial statements include its accounts and the accounts of its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Fiscal Periods — The Company operates on fiscal periods ending on the last day of the respective calendar quarter.

Use of Estimates — The preparation of financial statements in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses for the reporting period. For the Company, these estimates include, but are not limited to, allowances for doubtful accounts, inventory valuation, excess and obsolete inventory, allowances for obligations to its contract manufacturer, useful lives assigned to long-lived assets, sales returns reserve, the fair value of stock awards, warranty costs, contingencies, accounting for income taxes, including the determination of the timing of the establishment or release of our valuation allowance related to our deferred tax asset balances and reserves for uncertain tax positions, and prior to the Company's initial public offering, the fair value of common and redeemable convertible preferred stock and related warrants. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences could be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.

Cash and Cash Equivalents — The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 2013 and 2012 cash equivalents consist primarily of money market funds, the cost of which approximates fair value.

Credit Risk and Concentrations — Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, trade receivables and lease receivables.

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and money market funds that are invested through financial institutions in the United States. Such deposits may, at times, exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.

Marketable securities, which are classified as available for sale at December 31, 2013, include U.S. treasury securities, U.S. government-sponsored agency securities, commercial paper, corporate bonds and municipal bonds. Investment policies have been implemented that limit the purchase of marketable securities to investment grade securities. Marketable securities that are downgraded after purchase are evaluated on a case by case basis by management to determine if they should be held or sold. Generally, the Company's marketable securities have maturity dates up to two years from the date of purchase and active markets for these securities exist.

Management believes that the financial institutions that hold the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities are financially sound and, accordingly, minimal credit risk exists with respect to these cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities.

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables exist to the full extent of amounts presented in the financial statements. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral from its customers to secure trade receivables. Trade receivables are derived from sales to customers located in the United States as well as those in international locations. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The Company records a specific allowance based on an analysis of individual past-due balances, including evaluations of its customers’ financial condition. Additionally, based on its historical write-offs and collections experience, the Company records an additional allowance based on a percentage of outstanding receivables. These evaluations require significant judgment and are based on a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, current economic trends, payment history and financial review of the customer. Actual collection losses may differ from management’s estimates, and such differences could be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations. The Company had $0.1 million allowance for doubtful accounts recorded as of December 31, 2013 and no allowance for doubtful accounts recorded as of December 31, 2012.

The Company provides leasing arrangements for certain qualified end-user customers. The Company classifies these arrangements as lease receivables, which represent sales-type leases resulting from the sale of the Company’s products. Lease receivables consist of arrangements with the Company's customers, which generally have three year terms. The Company retains title to the underlying assets for the term of the lease or up until the point in time at which the lease receivable is sold to a third party financing organization. Aside from its standard product warranty which is provided in the normal course of business, the Company has no obligation to the third party financing organizations once the lease receivables have been sold. Pursuant to such a sale, if the Company retains no substantial risk of default by the lessee nor provides any guarantee of residual value of the underlying leased equipment, then the related lease receivables will be derecognized.

The Company assesses the allowance for credit loss related to lease receivables on an individual basis. If applicable, the Company maintains an allowance for credit losses resulting from the inability or unwillingness of its customers to make required payments. The Company records a specific allowance based on an analysis of individual past-due balances, including evaluations of the customers’ financial condition. These evaluations require significant judgment and are based on a variety of factors, including but not limited to, current economic trends, payment history, and financial review of the customer.

Outstanding leasing receivables that are aged 30 days or more from the contractual payment date are considered past due. Leasing receivables may be placed on nonaccrual status earlier if, in management’s opinion, a timely collection of the full principal and interest becomes uncertain. After a lease receivable has been categorized as nonaccrual, interest will be recognized when cash is received. A lease receivable may be returned to accrual status after all of the customer’s delinquent balances of principal and interest have been settled and the customer remains current for an appropriate period.

In addition, when the evaluation indicates that it is probable that any amounts due pursuant to the contractual terms of the lease agreement, including scheduled interest payments, are unable to be collected, the leasing receivable is considered impaired. All such outstanding amounts, including any accrued interest, will be assessed for potential reserve at the individual customer level. Lease receivables are written off at the point when they are considered uncollectible and all outstanding balances, including any previously earned but uncollected interest income, will be reversed and charged against the allowance for credit losses.

Actual collection losses may differ from management’s estimates, and such differences could be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations. As of December 31, 2013 the Company had $0.6 million of lease receivables and no allowance for credit losses as of that date. The Company had no lease receivables as of December 31, 2012.

The Company depends on its contract manufacturer for its finished goods inventory. The Company operates under a manufacturing services agreement with its contract manufacturer pursuant to which the Company is to provide a rolling quarterly forecast indicating the Company’s monthly production requirements. While the Company seeks to maintain sufficient inventory on hand, the Company’s business and results of operations could be adversely affected by a stoppage or delay in receiving such products, the receipt of defective parts, an increase in the price of such products, or the Company’s inability to obtain lower prices from its contract manufacturer and suppliers in response to competitive pressures.

Inventories — Inventories consisting of finished goods purchased from the contract manufacturer are stated at the lower of cost or market value, with cost being determined using standard cost, which approximates actual cost, on a first-in, first-out basis. The Company regularly monitors inventory quantities on hand and on order and records write-downs as a component of cost of revenue for excess and obsolete inventories based on the Company’s estimate of the demand for its products, potential obsolescence of technology, product life cycles, and whether pricing trends or forecasts indicate that the carrying value of inventory exceeds its estimated selling price. These factors are affected by market and economic conditions, technology changes, and new product introductions and require estimates that may include elements that are uncertain. Actual demand may differ from forecasted demand and may have a material effect on gross margins. If inventory is written down, a new cost basis will be established that cannot be increased in future periods.

Foreign Currency Translation — The Company’s revenue contracts are denominated in U.S. dollars, but certain operating expenses are incurred in various foreign currencies. Generally, the functional currency of the Company’s foreign operations is the local country’s currency. For those entities where the functional currency is the local country's currency, the expenses of operations outside the U.S. are translated into U.S. dollars using average exchange rates for the period reported, while assets and liabilities of operations outside the U.S. are translated into U.S. dollars using the end-of-period exchange rates.

Foreign currency translation adjustments not affecting net loss are included in stockholders’ deficit as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The revaluation effect of foreign currency fluctuations is recorded as foreign currency gain (loss) and included in other income (expense) in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Property and Equipment, Net — Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful life, generally five to ten years, or the related remaining lease term. The costs of repairs and maintenance are expensed when incurred, while expenditures for refurbishments and improvements that significantly add to the productive capacity or extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized. When assets are retired or sold, the asset cost and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated, with any remaining gain or loss reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets — The Company periodically evaluates long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that a potential impairment may have occurred. If such events or changes in circumstances arise, the Company compares the carrying amount of the long-lived assets to the estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the long-lived assets. If the estimated aggregate, undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the long-lived assets, an impairment charge, calculated as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the assets, is recorded. Through December 31, 2013 no impairment losses have been identified.

Revenue Recognition — Revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met:

• Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists. Customer purchase orders, along with master purchase contracts, where applicable, are generally used to determine the existence of an arrangement.

• Delivery has occurred. Shipping documents and customer acceptance, when applicable, are used to verify delivery.

• The price is fixed or determinable. The Company assesses whether the price is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms associated with the transaction and whether the sales price is subject to refund or adjustment.

• Collectability is reasonably assured. The Company assesses collectability based primarily on the creditworthiness of the customer as determined by credit checks and analysis, as well as the customer’s payment history.

The Company derives revenue primarily from the sales of its hardware and software products as well as professional services. Shipping charges billed to customers are included in revenue.

From time to time, the Company offers customers sales incentives, including discounts. Revenue is recorded net of these amounts.

Customer payment terms generally range from 30 to 90 days. The Company generally does not offer extended payment terms.

A portion of the Company’s sales are made through multi-year lease agreements.  These lease agreements include a bargain purchase option and meet the criteria for treatment as sales-type leases. Under sales-type leases, the Company recognizes revenue for its hardware products, net of post-installation product maintenance and technical support, at the net present value of the lease payment stream at the point in time the lessee has the right to use the underlying asset. The Company seeks to optimize its cash flows by selling a majority of its lease receivables to third party financing organizations on a non-recourse basis.  Aside from its standard product warranty which is provided in the normal course of business, the Company has no obligation to the third party financing organizations once the lease receivables have been sold. Pursuant to such a sale, if the Company retains no substantial risk of default by the lessee nor provides any guarantee of residual value of the underlying leased equipment, then the related lease receivables will be derecognized. Some of the Company’s sales-type leases may remain unsold at any particular period end.

In general, the Company’s products and services qualify as separate units of accounting. Products are typically considered delivered upon shipment. In certain cases, the Company’s products are sold along with services, which include installation, training, remote network monitoring services, post-sales software support, software-as-a-service (SaaS) based subscriptions, and/or extended warranty services. Post-sales software support includes rights, on a when-and-if-available basis, to receive unspecified software product upgrades to embedded software or the Company’s management software; maintenance releases; and patches released during the term of the support contract. This type of transaction is considered a multiple-element arrangement. When accounting for multiple-element arrangements, GAAP requires the Company to allocate revenue to individual elements using vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE), third-party evidence (TPE), or its best estimated selling price (BESP) of deliverables if VSOE or TPE cannot be determined.

Multiple-element arrangements can include any combination of products and services. When allocating consideration, the Company will first do so on the basis of the deliverables’ relative selling prices, without regard to any contingent consideration, and then subsequently determine whether the revenue that may be recognized is limited based on the amount of non-contingent revenue. To the extent that the stated contractual prices agree to the Company’s estimated selling price on a standalone basis, the allocation of the consideration is based on stated contractual prices. However, if the stated contractual price for any deliverable is outside a narrow range of the estimated selling price on a standalone basis, the allocation is adjusted using the “relative-selling-price method.” Generally, the individual products and services meet the criteria for separate units of accounting and the Company recognizes revenue for each element upon delivery of the element.

The Company has not yet established VSOE for all deliverables in its arrangements with multiple elements. When VSOE cannot be established, the Company attempts to establish the selling price of each element based upon TPE by evaluating the pricing of similar and interchangeable competitor products or services in standalone arrangements. However, as the Company’s products contain a significant element of proprietary technology and offer substantially different features and functionality from competitors, the Company has not been able to obtain comparable standalone pricing information with respect to competitors’ products. Therefore, the Company has historically not been able to obtain reliable evidence of TPE.

When the Company is unable to establish a selling price using VSOE or TPE, the Company uses BESP. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the element was sold on a standalone basis.

The Company determines BESP for an element by considering multiple factors, including, but not limited to, geographies, market conditions, competitive landscape, internal costs, gross margin objectives, characteristics of targeted customers, and pricing practices. The determination of BESP is made through consultation with and formal approval by the Company’s management, taking into consideration the go-to-market strategy. The Company regularly reviews VSOE, TPE, and BESP and has a process for the establishment and updating of these estimates.

Post-sales software support revenue and extended warranty services revenue are deferred and recognized ratably over the period during which the services are to be performed. Installation and training service revenues are recognized upon delivery or completion of performance. These service arrangements are typically short-term in nature and are largely completed shortly after delivery of the product.

The Company also delivers software-defined networking solutions to customers most frequently on a term license basis, with terms typically ranging from 12 to 36 months. While term-based licenses make up the majority of related revenues, the Company occasionally licenses software to customers on a perpetual basis with on-going support and maintenance services. Revenue from software that functions together with the tangible hardware elements to deliver the tangible products’ essential functionality is generally recognized upon shipment assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.  Revenue from application software and related software elements which are not considered essential to the functionality of hardware is accounted for in accordance with software industry guidance, and therefore is recognized ratably over the longest service period for post-contract customer support, or PCS, and professional services as the Company has not established VSOE for software or the related software elements.

In instances where substantive acceptance provisions are specified in the customer agreement, revenue is deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. The Company’s arrangements generally do not include any provisions for cancellation, termination or refunds that would materially impact revenue recognition.

The Company enters into arrangements with certain of its customers who receive government supported loans and grants from the U.S. Department of Agriculture’s Rural Utility Service (RUS) to finance capital spending. Under the terms of an RUS equipment contract that includes installation services, the customer does not take possession and control and the title does not pass until formal acceptance is obtained from the customer. Under this type of arrangement, the Company does not recognize revenue until it has received formal acceptance from the customer and all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

When the Company’s products have been delivered but the product revenue associated with the arrangement has been deferred as a result of not meeting the revenue recognition criteria, the related product costs are also deferred and included in deferred costs in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Advertising Costs — Advertising costs, which are expensed and included in sales and marketing expense when incurred, were $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Cost of Revenue — Cost of revenue primarily consists of product manufacturing costs incurred with the Company’s contract manufacturer. Cost of revenue also includes third-party manufacturing and supply chain logistics costs, provisions for excess and obsolete inventory, warranty, hosting costs, certain allocated costs for facilities, depreciation and other expenses associated with logistics and quality control. Additionally, it includes salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation for personnel directly involved with manufacturing installation, maintenance and support services and the provision of the Company’s service offerings.

Research and Development — Research and development costs primarily include salaries and other personnel-related expenses, contractor fees, facility costs, supplies, and depreciation of equipment associated with the design and development of new products prior to the establishment of their technological feasibility. Such costs are charged to research and development expense as incurred.

Development costs related to software incorporated in the Company’s products incurred subsequent to the establishment of technological feasibility and prior to the product being released are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful lives of the related products. Technological feasibility is established upon completion of a working model. Through December 31, 2013 all software development costs have been charged to research and development expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Warranties —The Company generally offers limited warranties for its hardware products for periods of one to eight years. The Company recognizes estimated costs related to warranty activities as a component of cost of revenue upon product shipment. The estimates are based upon historical product failure rates and historical costs incurred in correcting product failures. The recorded amount is adjusted from time to time for specifically identified warranty exposures. Actual warranty expenses are charged against the Company’s estimated warranty liability when incurred. Factors that affect the Company’s liability include the number of installed units, historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims and the cost per claim.

Additionally, the Company offers separately priced extended warranty contracts for coverage beyond the standard warranty period. The Company expenses all warranty costs as incurred related to such extended warranty contracts.

Income Taxes — The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax laws is recognized in the consolidated statement of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amounts more-likely-than-not expected to be realized.

As part of the process of preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Company is required to estimate income tax expense and uncertain tax positions in each of the tax jurisdictions in which the Company operates. This process involves estimating current income tax expense together with assessing temporary differences in the treatment of items for tax purposes versus financial accounting purposes that may create net deferred tax assets and liabilities. The Company relies on estimates and assumptions in preparing its income tax provision.

The Company is subject to periodic audits by the Internal Revenue Service and other taxing authorities. The Company recognizes the tax benefit of an uncertain tax position only if it is more-likely-than-not that the position is sustainable upon examination by the taxing authority based on the technical merits. The tax benefit recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit which is greater than 50 percent likely to be realized upon settlement with the taxing authority. The Company recognizes interest accrued and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the income tax provision.

Stock–Based Compensation — The Company measures and recognizes stock-based compensation expense in the financial statements for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors based on the estimated fair values on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

Prior to the Company's initial public offering in May 2013, the fair values of the common stock underlying share-based payment awards was determined by the board of directors, with input from management and a third-party valuation specialist. In the absence of a publicly traded market for the Company's common stock, the board of directors determined the fair value of the common stock in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.

The Company’s determination of the fair value of a share based payment award on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model is affected by assumptions regarding a number of subjective variables. These variables include the Company’s expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the awards, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends. The expected term represents the period that the award is expected to be outstanding. The expected term of stock options was estimated based on the simplified method that takes into consideration the vesting and contractual terms. Volatility is estimated based on the average of the historical volatilities of the common stock of the Company’s peer group in the industry in which the Company does business, with characteristics similar to those of the Company. The Company uses the U.S. Treasury yield for its risk-free interest rate and a dividend yield of zero, as it does not issue dividends.

In addition to assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model, the Company must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation of its awards. The estimated forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of actual forfeitures and will continue to be evaluated based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover behavior and other factors. Further, to the extent the Company’s actual forfeiture rate is different from this estimate, which could be material, stock-based compensation is adjusted accordingly.

New Accounting Pronouncements — The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2013-11, "Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists" on July 18, 2013. The ASU concludes an unrecognized tax benefit should be presented as a reduction of a deferred tax asset when settlement in this manner is available under the law. The Company will adopt this amendment as of January 2014. The Company does not anticipate that the adoption of this standard will have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

XML

Income Taxes - Effective Income Tax Rate Reconciliation (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Federal income tax at statutory rate	34.00%	34.00%	34.00%
State income tax, net of federal benefit	2.00%	5.20%	7.40%
Foreign taxes at less than statutory rate	(1.60%)	0.10%	0.10%
Intercompany transactions	(21.40%)	0.00%	0.00%
Nondeductible stock-based compensation	(2.90%)	(3.00%)	(1.40%)
Nondeductible warrant fair value adjustment	(2.20%)	(11.00%)	0.70%
Other permanent differences	(0.40%)	0.00%	(0.40%)
Tax credits generated in current year	4.10%	0.00%	2.90%
Valuation allowance change	(12.00%)	(25.50%)	(43.30%)
Total	(0.40%)	(0.20%)	0.00%

XML

Balance Sheet Components - Schedule of Accrued Liabilities (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]
Inventory-in-transit	$ 344	$ 323
Warranty reserve (1)	1,374	1,266	783	363
Professional fees	862	921
Sales and use taxes	497	627
Other	709	499
Total accrued liabilities	$ 3,786	$ 3,636

XML

Net Loss Per Share (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Calculation of Basic and Diluted Net Loss Per Share

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except per share data):

	Year ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Net loss	$	(40,732	)	$	(16,601	)	$	(15,885	)
Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share	30,836			2,515			2,396
Basic and diluted net loss per share	$	(1.32	)	$	(6.60	)	$	(6.63	)

Securities Excluded from Calculation of Diluted Net Loss Per Share

The following securities were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders because their effect would have been anti-dilutive for the periods presented (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013	2012	2011
Redeemable convertible preferred stock	—	33,897	33,897
Employee stock options	12,958	10,213	4,446
Convertible preferred stock warrants	—	1,010	1,010
	12,958	45,120	39,353

XML

Common Stock (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Equity [Abstract]

Allocation of Stock-Based Compensation Expense to Statements of Operations

A summary of the activity and changes during the year ended December 31, 2013 and a summary of information related to options exercisable and vested and expected to vest are presented below:

	Shares Available for Grant		Number of Shares Outstanding		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2012	1,242,353		10,212,760		$	2.49	8.40	59,456
Options reserved	4,600,000		—		—
Options granted	(3,694,163	)	3,694,163		$	9.25
Options exercised	—		(289,479	)	$	1.42
Options forfeited	659,502		(659,502	)	$	3.12
Balance at December 31, 2013	2,807,692		12,957,942		$	4.33	7.78	27,629
Options vested and expected to vest - December 31, 2013			11,570,270		$	4.14	7.69	$	25,480
Options exercisable - December 31, 2013			5,395,697		$	2.17	6.68	$	17,519

Black-Scholes-Merton Option-Pricing Model

The Company determined the fair value of each option grant on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using the following factors:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013	2012		2011
Expected term (years)	6.08	6.08		6.08
Volatility	46-55%	55	%	55-56.7%
Risk-free interest rate	0.70-1.75%	0.62-1.02%		0.97-2.25%
Dividend yield	—	—		—

Summary of Stock Options Activity

The following table summarizes the allocation of stock-based compensation in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

	Year ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Cost of revenue	$	160	$	57	$	73
Research and development	2,348		745		338
Sales and marketing	2,165		656		229
General and administrative	2,576		639		125
Total stock-based compensation	$	7,249	$	2,097	$	765

XML

Common Stock - Allocation of Stock-Based Compensation Expense to Statements of Operations (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Employee stock-based compensation	$ 7,249	$ 2,097	$ 765
Cost of revenue [Member]
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Employee stock-based compensation	160	57	73
Research and development [Member]
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Employee stock-based compensation	2,348	745	338
Sales and marketing [Member]
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Employee stock-based compensation	2,165	656	229
General and administrative [Member]
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Employee stock-based compensation	$ 2,576	$ 639	$ 125

XML

Balance Sheet Components - Schedule of Activity Related to Warranties (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]
Beginning balance	$ 1,266	$ 783	$ 363
Charge to cost of sales	1,553	1,106	963
Costs incurred	(1,445)	(623)	(543)
Closing balance	$ 1,374	$ 1,266	$ 783

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Income before Income Tax, Domestic and Foreign

The following table presents domestic and foreign components of loss before provision for income taxes (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
United States	$	(39,068	)	$	(16,725	)	$	(15,939	)
Foreign	(1,521		)	164			68
Total	$	(40,589	)	$	(16,561	)	$	(15,871	)

Schedule of Components of Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012		2011
Current:
Federal	$	—		$	—	$	—
State	20			6		1
Foreign	156			34		13
Total	176			$	40	$	14
Deferred:
Federal	—			—		—
State	—			—		—
Foreign	(33		)	—		—
Total	(33		)	—		—
Total provision	$	143		$	40	$	14

Schedule of Effective Income Tax Rate Reconciliation

The following table presents a reconciliation of the statutory federal rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for the periods presented:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Federal income tax at statutory rate	34.0	%	34.0	%	34.0	%
State income tax, net of federal benefit	2.0		5.2		7.4
Foreign taxes at less than statutory rate	(1.6	)	0.1		0.1
Intercompany transactions	(21.4	)	—		—
Nondeductible stock-based compensation	(2.9	)	(3.0	)	(1.4	)
Nondeductible warrant fair value adjustment	(2.2	)	(11.0	)	0.7
Other permanent differences	(0.4	)	—		(0.4	)
Tax credits generated in current year	4.1		—		2.9
Valuation allowance change	(12.0	)	(25.5	)	(43.3	)
Total	(0.4	)%	(0.2	)%	—	%

Schedule of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

The following table presents significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2013			2012
Deferred revenue	$	2,417		$	206
Depreciation and amortization	(1,326		)	(241		)
Accrued expenses and reserves	4,319			1,485
Loss carryforwards	27,687			29,149
Tax credit carryforwards	5,870			3,462
Contribution carryforwards	1			1
	38,968			34,062
Valuation allowance	(38,937		)	(34,062		)
Net deferred tax assets	$	31		$	—

Schedule of Unrecognized Tax Benefits Roll Forward

The following table reflects changes in the unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Unrecognized tax benefits as of the beginning of the year	$	1,444	$	1,212	$	899
Increase related to prior year tax provisions	202		—		—
Decrease related to prior year tax provisions	—		—		—
Increase related to current year tax provisions	4,980		232		313
Unrecognized tax benefits as of the end of the year	$	6,626	$	1,444	$	1,212

XML

Concentration (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Risks and Uncertainties [Abstract]

Customers With 10% or Greater of Total Accounts Receivable and Net Revenue

Customers with a receivables balance of 10% or greater of the total receivables, which includes accounts receivable and lease receivables, and customers with revenue of 10% or greater of the total revenue are as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,						As of December 31,
	2013		2012		2011		2013	2012
	Percentage of Revenue						Percentage of Receivables
Windstream	39	%	45	%	37	%	*	22	%
Telephone and Data Systems, Inc. (TDS)	11	%	*		*		*	*

*Represents less than 10%

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Operating activities
Net loss	$ (40,732)	$ (16,601)	$ (15,885)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	2,721	1,801	1,358
Noncash interest expense	0	0	20
Stock-based compensation	7,249	2,097	765
Change in fair value for warrants	2,602	5,354	(313)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable	4,642	(12,674)	(3,514)
Lease receivable	(604)	0	0
Inventories	(7,733)	(8,162)	(1,914)
Deferred costs	(58)	(5,924)	(2,304)
Prepaid expenses and other assets	(448)	(586)	(70)
Accounts payable	(2,846)	6,483	1,863
Accrued liabilities	1,478	1,133	1,027
Accrued compensation	1,152	2,337	547
Deferred revenue	1,676	12,198	5,046
Deferred rent	344	81	(49)
Net cash used in operating activities	(30,557)	(12,463)	(13,423)
Investing activities
Purchases of property and equipment	(6,111)	(5,698)	(2,772)
Purchase of available for sale securities	(31,639)	0	0
Purchase of other investment	(500)	0	0
Net cash used in investing activities	(38,250)	(5,698)	(2,772)
Financing activities
Proceeds from the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs	0	0	10,428
Proceeds from initial public offering (IPO), net of issuance costs	87,394	0	0
Proceeds from stock-based compensation programs	412	116	50
Proceeds from exercise of preferred stock warrants upon IPO	975	0	0
Borrowings under revolving loan and term loan facilities	0	12,563	0
Repayments of borrowings	(7,563)	(45)	(2,458)
Payments on capital leases	(58)	0	0
Repayment on sale-leaseback	0	0	(132)
Net cash provided by financing activities	81,160	12,634	7,888
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(65)	8	(27)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	12,288	(5,519)	(8,334)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	20,221	25,740	34,074
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	32,509	20,221	25,740
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
Cash paid for interest	361	43	399
Non-cash investing and financing activities
Property and equipment included in accounts payable	1,183	832	105
Deferred offering costs in accounts payable and accrued liabilities	0	1,537	0
Conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock upon IPO	98,133	0	0
Reclassification of preferred stock warrant liability upon IPO	$ 8,856	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Segment Information (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Schedule of Revenue and Property and Equipment, net , by Geographical Areas

Revenue information by location is presented below (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
United States	$	106,341	$	91,078	$	40,017
Other	10,241		4,794		404
Total revenue	$	116,582	$	95,872	$	40,421

Property and equipment, net by location is presented below (in thousands):

	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
United States	$	10,977	$	6,485
Other	178		—
Total property and equipment, net	$	11,155	$	6,485

XML

Balance Sheet Components - Capital lease receivables (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]
Net minimum lease payments to be received	$ 639	$ 0
Less unearned interest income portion	35	0
Total lease receivable	604	0
Less short-term lease receivable	201	0
Long-term lease receivable	$ 403	$ 0

XML

Common Stock - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended					1 Months Ended		0 Months Ended
	May 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Mar. 31, 2013 2013 Equity Incentive Plan [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 2006 Stock Plan [Member]	May 31, 2013 IPO [Member]	May 31, 2013 Preferred Stock [Member] IPO [Member]	Jan. 02, 2014 Subsequent Event [Member] 2013 Equity Incentive Plan [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Initial public offering common stock sold to public, shares							8,899,022
Common stock shares sold as result of underwriters exercise of over allotment option, shares							899,022
Public offering price per share							$ 11.00
Gross proceeds from offering to the Company							$ 97,900,000
Net proceeds after deducting underwriters' discounts and commissions and offering expenses	87,200,000	87,394,000	0	0			87,200,000
Conversion of stock, shares converted								33,897,005
Common stock, shares outstanding		46,536,436	2,575,220
Common stock, shares issued		46,536,436	2,575,220
Common stock shares authorized		1,000,000,000	50,000,000
Preferred stock shares authorized		20,000,000	0
Common stock reserved for future issuance					3,600,000	11,400,000
Additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance									2,094,194
Stock options, expiration term		10 years
Stock options, vesting term		4 years
Fair value of options granted		18,400,000	13,300,000	2,000,000
Weighted-average fair value of options granted		$ 4.99	$ 2.15	$ 1.28
Intrinsic value of employee options exercised		1,500,000	300,000	300,000
Unamortized stock-based compensation expense		$ 25,700,000	$ 11,700,000	$ 2,200,000
Stock options remaining vesting term		2 years 9 months 7 days	3 years 80 days	3 years 3 months 3 days

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 32,509	$ 20,221
Marketable securities	31,639	0
Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $147 and zero at December 31, 2013 and 2012)	14,558	19,200
Short-term lease receivable	201	0
Inventories	20,746	14,049
Deferred costs	8,286	8,228
Prepaid expenses and other	1,378	930
Total current assets	109,317	62,628
Property and equipment, net	11,155	6,485
Long-term lease receivable	403	0
Other assets	645	1,676
Total assets	121,520	70,789
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	8,474	11,842
Accrued liabilities	3,786	3,636
Accrued compensation	4,895	3,743
Revolving loan	0	7,563
Term loan, current portion	1,604	0
Deferred revenue	17,516	15,597
Preferred stock warrant liability	0	6,254
Other liabilities	849	74
Total current liabilities	37,124	48,709
Term loan, non-current portion	3,396	5,000
Deferred revenue	1,577	1,820
Deferred rent	486	182
Total liabilities	42,583	55,711
Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)
Redeemable convertible preferred stock issuable in series, $0.0001 par value: no shares authorized, issued or outstanding as of September 30, 2013; 35,031,602 shares authorized; 33,897,005 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012.	0	98,133
Stockholders’ equity (deficit):
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding as of September 30, 2013; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding as of December 31, 2012.	0	0
Common stock, $0.0001 par value: 1,000,000,000 and 50,000,000 shares authorized as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012; 46,287,460 and 2,575,220 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012.	5	0
Additional paid in-capital	206,300	3,514
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(86)	(19)
Accumulated deficit	(127,282)	(86,550)
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)	78,937	(83,055)
Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ equity (deficit)	$ 121,520	$ 70,789

XML

Balance Sheet Components - Allowance for Sales Returns (Details) (Allowance for Sales Returns [Member], USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013
Allowance for Sales Returns [Member]
Movement in Valuation Allowances and Reserves [Roll Forward]
Opening balance	$ 0
Provision for sales returns	910
Sales returns	(712)
Closing balance	$ 198

XML

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) Statement (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Total	Common Stock [Member]	Additional Paid-in Capital [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss [Member]	Accumulated Deficit [Member]	Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock [Member]	Series E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock [Member]	Series F Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock [Member]
Beginning Balance at Dec. 31, 2010	$ (53,578)	$ 0	$ 486	$ 0	$ (54,064)
Beginning Balance at Dec. 31, 2010						87,705
Beginning Balance, Shares at Dec. 31, 2010						31,648,024
Beginning Balance, Shares at Dec. 31, 2010		2,316,041
Increase (Decrease) in Temporary Equity [Roll Forward]
Issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, shares							110,446	2,138,535
Issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock							500	9,928
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options, shares		124,730
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options	50		50
Unrealized gains on available for sale securities	0
Stock-based compensation	765		765
Foreign currency translation adjustment	(27)			(27)
Net loss	(15,885)				(15,885)
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2011	(68,675)	0	1,301	(27)	(69,949)
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2011						98,133
Ending Balance, Shares at Dec. 31, 2011						33,897,005
Ending Balance, Shares at Dec. 31, 2011		2,440,771
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options, shares		134,449
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options	116		116
Unrealized gains on available for sale securities	0
Stock-based compensation	2,097		2,097
Foreign currency translation adjustment	8			8
Net loss	(16,601)				(16,601)
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2012	(83,055)	0	3,514	(19)	(86,550)
Ending Balance, Shares at Dec. 31, 2012	33,897,005					33,897,005
Ending Balance, Shares at Dec. 31, 2012		2,575,220
Beginning Balance at Dec. 31, 2012						98,133
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options, shares	289,479	289,479
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options	412	0	412
Issuance of common stock upon initial public offering (IPO), net of issuance costs of $3,854, shares		8,899,022
Issuance of common stock upon initial public offering (IPO), net of issuance costs of $3,854	87,185	2	87,183
Conversion of convertible preferred stock to common stock upon IPO, shares		33,897,005				(33,897,005)
Conversion of convertible preferred stock to common stock upon IPO	98,133	3	98,130			(98,133)
Reclassification of preferred stock warrant liability upon IPO, shares		469,717
Reclassification of preferred stock warrant liability upon IPO	8,856		8,856
Exercise of preferred stock warrants upon IPO, shares		405,993
Exercise of preferred stock warrants upon IPO	975		975
Unrealized gains on available for sale securities	16			16
Stock-based compensation	7,230		7,230
Foreign currency translation adjustment	(83)			(83)
Net loss	(40,732)				(40,732)
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2013	78,937	5	206,300	(86)	(127,282)
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2013						$ 0
Ending Balance, Shares at Dec. 31, 2013	0					0
Ending Balance, Shares at Dec. 31, 2013		46,536,436

XML

Income Taxes - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Unrecognized tax benefits, stock options	$ 100,000
Unrecognized tax benefits	6,626,000	1,444,000	1,212,000	899,000
Unrecognized tax benefits that would impact effective tax rate	0
Interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits	0	0	0
Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries	200,000
Domestic Tax Authority [Member]
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Operating loss carryforwards	81,500,000
Domestic Tax Authority [Member] | Research Tax Credit Carryforward [Member]
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Tax credit carryforward	4,500,000
State and Local Jurisdiction [Member]
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Operating loss carryforwards	75,900,000
State and Local Jurisdiction [Member] | Research Tax Credit Carryforward [Member] | California [Member]
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Tax credit carryforward	4,900,000
Valuation Allowance of Deferred Tax Assets [Member]
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Valuation allowance change	$ 4,900,000	$ 4,200,000

XML

Fair Value Disclosure - Fair Value Measurement on Company's Assets and Liabilities (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	$ 31,639
Commercial paper
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	19,687
Corporate bonds
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	4,857
Municipal bonds
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	1,026
U.S. government-sponsored agency securities
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	2,031
U.S. treasury securities
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	4,038
Recurring [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	4,038
Recurring [Member] | Level 1 [Member] | Preferred Stock Warrants [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Liabilities		0
Recurring [Member] | Level 1 [Member] | Commercial paper
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	0
Recurring [Member] | Level 1 [Member] | Corporate bonds
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	0
Recurring [Member] | Level 1 [Member] | Municipal bonds
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	0
Recurring [Member] | Level 1 [Member] | U.S. government-sponsored agency securities
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	0
Recurring [Member] | Level 1 [Member] | U.S. treasury securities
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	4,038
Recurring [Member] | Level 1 [Member] | Money Market Funds
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Cash Equivalents	13,452	4,544
Recurring [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	27,601
Recurring [Member] | Level 2 [Member] | Preferred Stock Warrants [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Liabilities		0
Recurring [Member] | Level 2 [Member] | Commercial paper
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	19,687
Recurring [Member] | Level 2 [Member] | Corporate bonds
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	4,857
Recurring [Member] | Level 2 [Member] | Municipal bonds
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	1,026
Recurring [Member] | Level 2 [Member] | U.S. government-sponsored agency securities
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	2,031
Recurring [Member] | Level 2 [Member] | U.S. treasury securities
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	0
Recurring [Member] | Level 2 [Member] | Money Market Funds
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Cash Equivalents	0	0
Recurring [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	0
Recurring [Member] | Level 3 [Member] | Preferred Stock Warrants [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Liabilities		6,254
Recurring [Member] | Level 3 [Member] | Commercial paper
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	0
Recurring [Member] | Level 3 [Member] | Corporate bonds
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	0
Recurring [Member] | Level 3 [Member] | Municipal bonds
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	0
Recurring [Member] | Level 3 [Member] | U.S. government-sponsored agency securities
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	0
Recurring [Member] | Level 3 [Member] | U.S. treasury securities
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	0
Recurring [Member] | Level 3 [Member] | Money Market Funds
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Cash Equivalents	0	0
Recurring [Member] | Total [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	31,639
Recurring [Member] | Total [Member] | Preferred Stock Warrants [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Liabilities		6,254
Recurring [Member] | Total [Member] | Commercial paper
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	19,687
Recurring [Member] | Total [Member] | Corporate bonds
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	4,857
Recurring [Member] | Total [Member] | Municipal bonds
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	1,026
Recurring [Member] | Total [Member] | U.S. government-sponsored agency securities
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	2,031
Recurring [Member] | Total [Member] | U.S. treasury securities
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities	4,038
Recurring [Member] | Total [Member] | Money Market Funds
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Cash Equivalents	$ 13,452	$ 4,544

XML

Employee Benefit Plan - Additional Information (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Compensation and Retirement Disclosure [Abstract]
Employer contribution in the defined contribution plan	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Description of the Business

Description of the Business — Cyan, Inc. (Cyan or the Company) was incorporated on October 25, 2006, in the state of Delaware and its principal executive offices are located in Petaluma, California. The Company has pioneered innovative, carrier-grade networking solutions that transform disparate and inefficient legacy networks into open, high-performance networks. The Company’s solutions include high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms as well as a carrier-grade software-defined networking platform and applications. The Company’s solutions enable its customers to virtualize their networks, accelerate service delivery and increase scalability and performance while reducing costs. The Company designed its solutions to provide a variety of existing and emerging premium applications including business Ethernet, wireless backhaul, broadband backhaul and cloud connectivity. The Company’s customers range from service providers to high-performance data center and large, private network operators.

Initial Public Offering

Initial Public Offering — In May 2013, the Company closed its initial public offering (IPO) whereby 8,899,022 shares of common stock were sold to the public, including 899,022 shares of common stock issued pursuant to the partial exercise of an overallotment option granted to the underwriters. The aggregate net proceeds received by the Company from the offering were $87.2 million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and issuance expenses. Upon the closing of the IPO, all previously outstanding shares of the Company’s outstanding convertible preferred stock automatically converted into 33,897,005 shares of common stock. In addition, warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock were exercised resulting in the issuance of 792,361 shares of common stock and the remaining outstanding warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock were converted into warrants to purchase 115,001 shares of common stock. In November 2013, the remaining warrants to purchase common stock were net exercised resulting in the issuance of 83,349 shares of common stock.

Basis of Preparation

Principles of Consolidation — The Company's consolidated financial statements include its accounts and the accounts of its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Fiscal Periods

Fiscal Periods — The Company operates on fiscal periods ending on the last day of the respective calendar quarter.

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates — The preparation of financial statements in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses for the reporting period. For the Company, these estimates include, but are not limited to, allowances for doubtful accounts, inventory valuation, excess and obsolete inventory, allowances for obligations to its contract manufacturer, useful lives assigned to long-lived assets, sales returns reserve, the fair value of stock awards, warranty costs, contingencies, accounting for income taxes, including the determination of the timing of the establishment or release of our valuation allowance related to our deferred tax asset balances and reserves for uncertain tax positions, and prior to the Company's initial public offering, the fair value of common and redeemable convertible preferred stock and related warrants. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences could be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents — The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 2013 and 2012 cash equivalents consist primarily of money market funds, the cost of which approximates fair value.

Credit Risk and Concentrations

Credit Risk and Concentrations — Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, trade receivables and lease receivables.

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and money market funds that are invested through financial institutions in the United States. Such deposits may, at times, exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.

Marketable securities, which are classified as available for sale at December 31, 2013, include U.S. treasury securities, U.S. government-sponsored agency securities, commercial paper, corporate bonds and municipal bonds. Investment policies have been implemented that limit the purchase of marketable securities to investment grade securities. Marketable securities that are downgraded after purchase are evaluated on a case by case basis by management to determine if they should be held or sold. Generally, the Company's marketable securities have maturity dates up to two years from the date of purchase and active markets for these securities exist.

Management believes that the financial institutions that hold the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities are financially sound and, accordingly, minimal credit risk exists with respect to these cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities.

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables exist to the full extent of amounts presented in the financial statements. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral from its customers to secure trade receivables. Trade receivables are derived from sales to customers located in the United States as well as those in international locations. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The Company records a specific allowance based on an analysis of individual past-due balances, including evaluations of its customers’ financial condition. Additionally, based on its historical write-offs and collections experience, the Company records an additional allowance based on a percentage of outstanding receivables. These evaluations require significant judgment and are based on a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, current economic trends, payment history and financial review of the customer. Actual collection losses may differ from management’s estimates, and such differences could be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations. The Company had $0.1 million allowance for doubtful accounts recorded as of December 31, 2013 and no allowance for doubtful accounts recorded as of December 31, 2012.

The Company provides leasing arrangements for certain qualified end-user customers. The Company classifies these arrangements as lease receivables, which represent sales-type leases resulting from the sale of the Company’s products. Lease receivables consist of arrangements with the Company's customers, which generally have three year terms. The Company retains title to the underlying assets for the term of the lease or up until the point in time at which the lease receivable is sold to a third party financing organization. Aside from its standard product warranty which is provided in the normal course of business, the Company has no obligation to the third party financing organizations once the lease receivables have been sold. Pursuant to such a sale, if the Company retains no substantial risk of default by the lessee nor provides any guarantee of residual value of the underlying leased equipment, then the related lease receivables will be derecognized.

The Company assesses the allowance for credit loss related to lease receivables on an individual basis. If applicable, the Company maintains an allowance for credit losses resulting from the inability or unwillingness of its customers to make required payments. The Company records a specific allowance based on an analysis of individual past-due balances, including evaluations of the customers’ financial condition. These evaluations require significant judgment and are based on a variety of factors, including but not limited to, current economic trends, payment history, and financial review of the customer.

Outstanding leasing receivables that are aged 30 days or more from the contractual payment date are considered past due. Leasing receivables may be placed on nonaccrual status earlier if, in management’s opinion, a timely collection of the full principal and interest becomes uncertain. After a lease receivable has been categorized as nonaccrual, interest will be recognized when cash is received. A lease receivable may be returned to accrual status after all of the customer’s delinquent balances of principal and interest have been settled and the customer remains current for an appropriate period.

In addition, when the evaluation indicates that it is probable that any amounts due pursuant to the contractual terms of the lease agreement, including scheduled interest payments, are unable to be collected, the leasing receivable is considered impaired. All such outstanding amounts, including any accrued interest, will be assessed for potential reserve at the individual customer level. Lease receivables are written off at the point when they are considered uncollectible and all outstanding balances, including any previously earned but uncollected interest income, will be reversed and charged against the allowance for credit losses.

Actual collection losses may differ from management’s estimates, and such differences could be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations. As of December 31, 2013 the Company had $0.6 million of lease receivables and no allowance for credit losses as of that date. The Company had no lease receivables as of December 31, 2012.

The Company depends on its contract manufacturer for its finished goods inventory. The Company operates under a manufacturing services agreement with its contract manufacturer pursuant to which the Company is to provide a rolling quarterly forecast indicating the Company’s monthly production requirements. While the Company seeks to maintain sufficient inventory on hand, the Company’s business and results of operations could be adversely affected by a stoppage or delay in receiving such products, the receipt of defective parts, an increase in the price of such products, or the Company’s inability to obtain lower prices from its contract manufacturer and suppliers in response to competitive pressures.

Inventories

Inventories — Inventories consisting of finished goods purchased from the contract manufacturer are stated at the lower of cost or market value, with cost being determined using standard cost, which approximates actual cost, on a first-in, first-out basis. The Company regularly monitors inventory quantities on hand and on order and records write-downs as a component of cost of revenue for excess and obsolete inventories based on the Company’s estimate of the demand for its products, potential obsolescence of technology, product life cycles, and whether pricing trends or forecasts indicate that the carrying value of inventory exceeds its estimated selling price. These factors are affected by market and economic conditions, technology changes, and new product introductions and require estimates that may include elements that are uncertain. Actual demand may differ from forecasted demand and may have a material effect on gross margins. If inventory is written down, a new cost basis will be established that cannot be increased in future periods.

Foreign Currency Translation

Foreign Currency Translation — The Company’s revenue contracts are denominated in U.S. dollars, but certain operating expenses are incurred in various foreign currencies. Generally, the functional currency of the Company’s foreign operations is the local country’s currency. For those entities where the functional currency is the local country's currency, the expenses of operations outside the U.S. are translated into U.S. dollars using average exchange rates for the period reported, while assets and liabilities of operations outside the U.S. are translated into U.S. dollars using the end-of-period exchange rates.

Foreign currency translation adjustments not affecting net loss are included in stockholders’ deficit as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The revaluation effect of foreign currency fluctuations is recorded as foreign currency gain (loss) and included in other income (expense) in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and Equipment, Net — Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful life, generally five to ten years, or the related remaining lease term. The costs of repairs and maintenance are expensed when incurred, while expenditures for refurbishments and improvements that significantly add to the productive capacity or extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized. When assets are retired or sold, the asset cost and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated, with any remaining gain or loss reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets — The Company periodically evaluates long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that a potential impairment may have occurred. If such events or changes in circumstances arise, the Company compares the carrying amount of the long-lived assets to the estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the long-lived assets. If the estimated aggregate, undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the long-lived assets, an impairment charge, calculated as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the assets, is recorded. Through December 31, 2013 no impairment losses have been identified.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition — Revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met:

• Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists. Customer purchase orders, along with master purchase contracts, where applicable, are generally used to determine the existence of an arrangement.

• Delivery has occurred. Shipping documents and customer acceptance, when applicable, are used to verify delivery.

• The price is fixed or determinable. The Company assesses whether the price is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms associated with the transaction and whether the sales price is subject to refund or adjustment.

• Collectability is reasonably assured. The Company assesses collectability based primarily on the creditworthiness of the customer as determined by credit checks and analysis, as well as the customer’s payment history.

The Company derives revenue primarily from the sales of its hardware and software products as well as professional services. Shipping charges billed to customers are included in revenue.

From time to time, the Company offers customers sales incentives, including discounts. Revenue is recorded net of these amounts.

Customer payment terms generally range from 30 to 90 days. The Company generally does not offer extended payment terms.

A portion of the Company’s sales are made through multi-year lease agreements.  These lease agreements include a bargain purchase option and meet the criteria for treatment as sales-type leases. Under sales-type leases, the Company recognizes revenue for its hardware products, net of post-installation product maintenance and technical support, at the net present value of the lease payment stream at the point in time the lessee has the right to use the underlying asset. The Company seeks to optimize its cash flows by selling a majority of its lease receivables to third party financing organizations on a non-recourse basis.  Aside from its standard product warranty which is provided in the normal course of business, the Company has no obligation to the third party financing organizations once the lease receivables have been sold. Pursuant to such a sale, if the Company retains no substantial risk of default by the lessee nor provides any guarantee of residual value of the underlying leased equipment, then the related lease receivables will be derecognized. Some of the Company’s sales-type leases may remain unsold at any particular period end.

In general, the Company’s products and services qualify as separate units of accounting. Products are typically considered delivered upon shipment. In certain cases, the Company’s products are sold along with services, which include installation, training, remote network monitoring services, post-sales software support, software-as-a-service (SaaS) based subscriptions, and/or extended warranty services. Post-sales software support includes rights, on a when-and-if-available basis, to receive unspecified software product upgrades to embedded software or the Company’s management software; maintenance releases; and patches released during the term of the support contract. This type of transaction is considered a multiple-element arrangement. When accounting for multiple-element arrangements, GAAP requires the Company to allocate revenue to individual elements using vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE), third-party evidence (TPE), or its best estimated selling price (BESP) of deliverables if VSOE or TPE cannot be determined.

Multiple-element arrangements can include any combination of products and services. When allocating consideration, the Company will first do so on the basis of the deliverables’ relative selling prices, without regard to any contingent consideration, and then subsequently determine whether the revenue that may be recognized is limited based on the amount of non-contingent revenue. To the extent that the stated contractual prices agree to the Company’s estimated selling price on a standalone basis, the allocation of the consideration is based on stated contractual prices. However, if the stated contractual price for any deliverable is outside a narrow range of the estimated selling price on a standalone basis, the allocation is adjusted using the “relative-selling-price method.” Generally, the individual products and services meet the criteria for separate units of accounting and the Company recognizes revenue for each element upon delivery of the element.

The Company has not yet established VSOE for all deliverables in its arrangements with multiple elements. When VSOE cannot be established, the Company attempts to establish the selling price of each element based upon TPE by evaluating the pricing of similar and interchangeable competitor products or services in standalone arrangements. However, as the Company’s products contain a significant element of proprietary technology and offer substantially different features and functionality from competitors, the Company has not been able to obtain comparable standalone pricing information with respect to competitors’ products. Therefore, the Company has historically not been able to obtain reliable evidence of TPE.

When the Company is unable to establish a selling price using VSOE or TPE, the Company uses BESP. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the element was sold on a standalone basis.

The Company determines BESP for an element by considering multiple factors, including, but not limited to, geographies, market conditions, competitive landscape, internal costs, gross margin objectives, characteristics of targeted customers, and pricing practices. The determination of BESP is made through consultation with and formal approval by the Company’s management, taking into consideration the go-to-market strategy. The Company regularly reviews VSOE, TPE, and BESP and has a process for the establishment and updating of these estimates.

Post-sales software support revenue and extended warranty services revenue are deferred and recognized ratably over the period during which the services are to be performed. Installation and training service revenues are recognized upon delivery or completion of performance. These service arrangements are typically short-term in nature and are largely completed shortly after delivery of the product.

The Company also delivers software-defined networking solutions to customers most frequently on a term license basis, with terms typically ranging from 12 to 36 months. While term-based licenses make up the majority of related revenues, the Company occasionally licenses software to customers on a perpetual basis with on-going support and maintenance services. Revenue from software that functions together with the tangible hardware elements to deliver the tangible products’ essential functionality is generally recognized upon shipment assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.  Revenue from application software and related software elements which are not considered essential to the functionality of hardware is accounted for in accordance with software industry guidance, and therefore is recognized ratably over the longest service period for post-contract customer support, or PCS, and professional services as the Company has not established VSOE for software or the related software elements.

In instances where substantive acceptance provisions are specified in the customer agreement, revenue is deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. The Company’s arrangements generally do not include any provisions for cancellation, termination or refunds that would materially impact revenue recognition.

The Company enters into arrangements with certain of its customers who receive government supported loans and grants from the U.S. Department of Agriculture’s Rural Utility Service (RUS) to finance capital spending. Under the terms of an RUS equipment contract that includes installation services, the customer does not take possession and control and the title does not pass until formal acceptance is obtained from the customer. Under this type of arrangement, the Company does not recognize revenue until it has received formal acceptance from the customer and all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

When the Company’s products have been delivered but the product revenue associated with the arrangement has been deferred as a result of not meeting the revenue recognition criteria, the related product costs are also deferred and included in deferred costs in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Advertising Costs

Advertising Costs — Advertising costs, which are expensed and included in sales and marketing expense when incurred, were $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of Revenue — Cost of revenue primarily consists of product manufacturing costs incurred with the Company’s contract manufacturer. Cost of revenue also includes third-party manufacturing and supply chain logistics costs, provisions for excess and obsolete inventory, warranty, hosting costs, certain allocated costs for facilities, depreciation and other expenses associated with logistics and quality control. Additionally, it includes salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation for personnel directly involved with manufacturing installation, maintenance and support services and the provision of the Company’s service offerings.

Research and Development

Research and Development — Research and development costs primarily include salaries and other personnel-related expenses, contractor fees, facility costs, supplies, and depreciation of equipment associated with the design and development of new products prior to the establishment of their technological feasibility. Such costs are charged to research and development expense as incurred.

Development costs related to software incorporated in the Company’s products incurred subsequent to the establishment of technological feasibility and prior to the product being released are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful lives of the related products. Technological feasibility is established upon completion of a working model.

Warranties

Warranties —The Company generally offers limited warranties for its hardware products for periods of one to eight years. The Company recognizes estimated costs related to warranty activities as a component of cost of revenue upon product shipment. The estimates are based upon historical product failure rates and historical costs incurred in correcting product failures. The recorded amount is adjusted from time to time for specifically identified warranty exposures. Actual warranty expenses are charged against the Company’s estimated warranty liability when incurred. Factors that affect the Company’s liability include the number of installed units, historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims and the cost per claim.

Additionally, the Company offers separately priced extended warranty contracts for coverage beyond the standard warranty period. The Company expenses all warranty costs as incurred related to such extended warranty contracts.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes — The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax laws is recognized in the consolidated statement of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amounts more-likely-than-not expected to be realized.

As part of the process of preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Company is required to estimate income tax expense and uncertain tax positions in each of the tax jurisdictions in which the Company operates. This process involves estimating current income tax expense together with assessing temporary differences in the treatment of items for tax purposes versus financial accounting purposes that may create net deferred tax assets and liabilities. The Company relies on estimates and assumptions in preparing its income tax provision.

The Company is subject to periodic audits by the Internal Revenue Service and other taxing authorities. The Company recognizes the tax benefit of an uncertain tax position only if it is more-likely-than-not that the position is sustainable upon examination by the taxing authority based on the technical merits. The tax benefit recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit which is greater than 50 percent likely to be realized upon settlement with the taxing authority. The Company recognizes interest accrued and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the income tax provision.

Stock - Based Compensation

Stock–Based Compensation — The Company measures and recognizes stock-based compensation expense in the financial statements for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors based on the estimated fair values on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

Prior to the Company's initial public offering in May 2013, the fair values of the common stock underlying share-based payment awards was determined by the board of directors, with input from management and a third-party valuation specialist. In the absence of a publicly traded market for the Company's common stock, the board of directors determined the fair value of the common stock in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.

The Company’s determination of the fair value of a share based payment award on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model is affected by assumptions regarding a number of subjective variables. These variables include the Company’s expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the awards, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends. The expected term represents the period that the award is expected to be outstanding. The expected term of stock options was estimated based on the simplified method that takes into consideration the vesting and contractual terms. Volatility is estimated based on the average of the historical volatilities of the common stock of the Company’s peer group in the industry in which the Company does business, with characteristics similar to those of the Company. The Company uses the U.S. Treasury yield for its risk-free interest rate and a dividend yield of zero, as it does not issue dividends.

In addition to assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model, the Company must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation of its awards. The estimated forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of actual forfeitures and will continue to be evaluated based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover behavior and other factors. Further, to the extent the Company’s actual forfeiture rate is different from this estimate, which could be material, stock-based compensation is adjusted accordingly.

XML

Fair Value Disclosure - Amortized Cost Reconciliation (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	$ 31,623
Gross Unrealized Gains	19
Gross Unrealized Losses	3
Fair Value	31,639
Commercial paper
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	19,683
Gross Unrealized Gains	5
Gross Unrealized Losses	1
Fair Value	19,687
Corporate bonds
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	4,854
Gross Unrealized Gains	4
Gross Unrealized Losses	1
Fair Value	4,857
Municipal bonds
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	1,027
Gross Unrealized Gains	0
Gross Unrealized Losses	1
Fair Value	1,026
U.S. government-sponsored agency securities
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	2,029
Gross Unrealized Gains	2
Gross Unrealized Losses	0
Fair Value	2,031
U.S. treasury securities
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	4,030
Gross Unrealized Gains	8
Gross Unrealized Losses	0
Fair Value	$ 4,038

XML

Balance Sheet Components (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Schedule of Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consisted of the following (in thousands):

	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Cash	$	19,057	$	15,677
Money market funds	13,452		4,544
Total cash and cash equivalents	$	32,509	$	20,221

Schedule of Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The table below presents the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the year ended December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31, 2013
Opening balance	$	—
Provision for doubtful accounts	643
Write offs	(496		)
Closing balance	$	147

Schedule of Future Minimum Lease Payments for Capital Leases

A summary of the Company’s lease receivables is presented as follows (in thousands):

	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Net minimum lease payments to be received	$	639	$	—
Less unearned interest income portion	35		—
Total lease receivable	604		—
Less short-term lease receivable	201		—
Long-term lease receivable	$	403	$	—

Schedule of Inventories

Inventories consisted of finished goods purchased from the contract manufacturer and are stated at the lower of cost (on a first-in, first-out basis) or market value. Inventory consisted of the following (in thousands):

	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Raw materials	$	748	$	557
Finished goods	19,998		13,492
Total Inventory	$	20,746	$	14,049

Schedule of Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Lab equipment and tooling	$	14,743		$	8,991
Software	667			567
Leasehold improvements	1,595			876
Furniture and fixtures	974			413
Computer equipment	979			719
Property and equipment, gross	18,958			11,566
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	(7,803		)	(5,081		)
Property and equipment, net	$	11,155		$	6,485

Schedule of Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Inventory-in-transit	$	344	$	323
Warranty reserve (1)	1,374		1,266
Professional fees	862		921
Sales and use taxes	497		627
Other	709		499
Total accrued liabilities	$	3,786	$	3,636

(1) Activity related to warranties is as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Beginning balance	$	1,266		$	783		$	363
Charge to cost of sales	1,553			1,106			963
Costs incurred	(1,445		)	(623		)	(543		)
Closing balance	$	1,374		$	1,266		$	783

Schedule of Sales Returns Reserve

The table below presents the changes in the sales returns reserve for the year ended December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31, 2013
Opening balance	$	—
Provision for sales returns	910
Sales returns	(712		)
Closing balance	$	198

XML

Segment Information - Revenues (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Revenue	$ 116,582	$ 95,872	$ 40,421
United States [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Revenue	106,341	91,078	40,017
Other [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Revenue	$ 10,241	$ 4,794	$ 404

XML

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011 Series F Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock [Member]
Redeemable convertible preferred stock issuance costs		$ 71
Common stock issuance costs	$ 3,854

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $)	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Statement of Financial Position [Abstract]
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$ 147,000	$ 0
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value	$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, shares authorized	0	35,031,602
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, shares issued	0	33,897,005
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, shares outstanding	0	33,897,005
Preferred stock, par value	$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Preferred stock, shares authorized	20,000,000	0
Preferred stock, shares issued	0	0
Preferred stock, shares outstanding	0	0
Common stock, par value	$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Common stock, shares authorized	1,000,000,000	50,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	46,536,436	2,575,220
Common stock, shares outstanding	46,536,436	2,575,220

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

The following table presents domestic and foreign components of loss before provision for income taxes (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
United States	$	(39,068	)	$	(16,725	)	$	(15,939	)
Foreign	(1,521		)	164			68
Total	$	(40,589	)	$	(16,561	)	$	(15,871	)

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012		2011
Current:
Federal	$	—		$	—	$	—
State	20			6		1
Foreign	156			34		13
Total	176			$	40	$	14
Deferred:
Federal	—			—		—
State	—			—		—
Foreign	(33		)	—		—
Total	(33		)	—		—
Total provision	$	143		$	40	$	14

The following table presents a reconciliation of the statutory federal rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for the periods presented:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Federal income tax at statutory rate	34.0	%	34.0	%	34.0	%
State income tax, net of federal benefit	2.0		5.2		7.4
Foreign taxes at less than statutory rate	(1.6	)	0.1		0.1
Intercompany transactions	(21.4	)	—		—
Nondeductible stock-based compensation	(2.9	)	(3.0	)	(1.4	)
Nondeductible warrant fair value adjustment	(2.2	)	(11.0	)	0.7
Other permanent differences	(0.4	)	—		(0.4	)
Tax credits generated in current year	4.1		—		2.9
Valuation allowance change	(12.0	)	(25.5	)	(43.3	)
Total	(0.4	)%	(0.2	)%	—	%

As a result of the Company’s history of net operating losses, the domestic provision for income taxes relates to accruals for state minimum and capital base income taxes and the foreign provision for income taxes are associated with non-U.S. operations.

The Company had unrecorded excess stock option tax benefits of $0.1 million as of December 31, 2013. These amounts will be credited to additional paid-in capital when such amounts reduce cash taxes payable.

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The following table presents significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2013			2012
Deferred revenue	$	2,417		$	206
Depreciation and amortization	(1,326		)	(241		)
Accrued expenses and reserves	4,319			1,485
Loss carryforwards	27,687			29,149
Tax credit carryforwards	5,870			3,462
Contribution carryforwards	1			1
	38,968			34,062
Valuation allowance	(38,937		)	(34,062		)
Net deferred tax assets	$	31		$	—

A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company established a full valuation allowance to offset domestic net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 due to the uncertainty of realizing future tax benefits from its net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards and other deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance increased by approximately $4.9 million and $4.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had $81.5 million of federal and $75.9 million of state net operating loss carryforwards and $4.5 million of federal and $4.9 million of California research tax credit carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income. These net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2026 for U.S. federal income tax and 2014 for state income tax purposes, and the research tax credit carryforwards begin to expire in 2027 for federal purposes, but do not expire for California purposes.

Under Section 382 of the Tax Reform Act of 1986 and similar state provisions, the amounts of benefits from NOL and tax credit carryforwards may be impaired or limited on an annual basis in the event that the Company has a cumulative ownership change of more than 50%, as defined, over a three-year period. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of the NOL and tax credit carryforwards before utilization. The impact of any limitation that may be imposed due to current or future issuances of equity securities, including issuances with respect to acquisitions, has not been determined.

The Company has not provided for U.S. taxes on its foreign earnings, which are intended to be indefinitely reinvested outside the U.S.  As of December 31, 2013 the Company had cumulative undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries of approximately $0.2 million, which are intended to be reinvested outside the U.S and for which no U.S. income or foreign withholding taxes have been recorded. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability with respect to such earnings is not practicable. The additional taxes on the earnings of foreign subsidiaries, if remitted, would be partially offset by U.S. tax credits for foreign taxes already paid.

The Company has total unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 of approximately $6.6 million, $1.4 million and $1.2 million. No amount of the unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would reduce the Company’s annual effective tax rate because the benefits are in the form of deferred tax assets for which a full valuation allowance has been recorded. The Company does not anticipate a significant change to its unrecognized tax benefits over the next twelve months. The following table reflects changes in the unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Unrecognized tax benefits as of the beginning of the year	$	1,444	$	1,212	$	899
Increase related to prior year tax provisions	202		—		—
Decrease related to prior year tax provisions	—		—		—
Increase related to current year tax provisions	4,980		232		313
Unrecognized tax benefits as of the end of the year	$	6,626	$	1,444	$	1,212

The Company recognizes interest accrued and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the income tax provision. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company accrued no interest and penalties in the statement of financial position. Total interest and penalties included in the statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are each zero.

The Company files income tax returns in the United States, various states and certain foreign jurisdictions. The tax periods 2006 through 2013 remain open in most jurisdictions. The Company is not currently under examination by income tax authorities in federal, state or other foreign jurisdiction.

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Mar. 18, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013
Document Document And Entity Information [Abstract]
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2013
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2013
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Trading Symbol	CYNI
Entity Registrant Name	CYAN INC
Entity Central Index Key	0001391636
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Filer Category	Non-accelerated Filer
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		46,764,987
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Public Float			$ 268.7

XML

Employee Benefit Plan

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Compensation and Retirement Disclosure [Abstract]

Employee Benefit Plan

Employee Benefit Plan

The Company provides a defined contribution savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan covers substantially all employees who meet minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis. Company contributions to the plan may be made at the discretion of the board of directors. There were no employer contributions under this plan for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

XML

Consolidated Statements of Operations (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Income Statement [Abstract]
Revenue	$ 116,582	$ 95,872	$ 40,421
Cost of revenue	68,376	57,315	27,074
Gross profit	48,206	38,557	13,347
Operating expenses:
Research and development	32,609	18,447	12,986
Sales and marketing	40,102	25,243	12,825
General and administrative	13,082	6,055	3,310
Total operating expenses	85,793	49,745	29,121
Loss from operations	(37,587)	(11,188)	(15,774)
Interest expense	(367)	(33)	(419)
Other income (expense), net	(2,635)	(5,340)	322
Total other expense, net	(3,002)	(5,373)	(97)
Loss before provision for income taxes	(40,589)	(16,561)	(15,871)
Provision for income taxes	143	40	14
Net loss	$ (40,732)	$ (16,601)	$ (15,885)
Basic and diluted net loss per share	$ (1.32)	$ (6.60)	$ (6.63)
Weighted-average number of shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share	30,836	2,515	2,396

XML

Debt

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Debt

Debt

Loan and Security Agreement

On December 21, 2012, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”). The agreement provided for a revolving loan facility of up to $10.0 million and a term loan facility of up to $5.0 million, for a total loan facility of up to $15.0 million. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 the Company had drawn down $5.0 million and $5.0 million as term loans and zero and $7.6 million as revolving loans.

Revolving loans bear interest at a floating rate equal to the greater of (i) 3.25% or (ii) the prime rate (3.25% as of both December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012). For the first 12 months following each term loan advance, each term loan advance bears interest at a floating rate equal to the prime rate, plus 0.50%. Thereafter, each term loan advance bears interest at a fixed rate equal to the prime rate on the date following such 12 month period, plus 0.50%.

Interest on the revolving loans and the term loans is due and payable monthly in arrears. Revolving loans may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed until December 21, 2014, when all outstanding amounts must be repaid. Principal on each term loan advance is payable in 36 equal monthly installments beginning 12 months after the date on which such term loan advance is made. Prepayments of the term loan facility prior to its termination dates will be subject to early termination fees, subject to certain exceptions. There is no commitment fee associated with the revolving loan.

The Company’s obligations under the loan facility are secured by a security interest on substantially all of its assets, excluding the Company’s intellectual property and certain other assets. Additionally, the Company’s future domestic subsidiaries, if any, may be required to become co-borrowers or guarantors under the loan facility.

The Loan and Security Agreement as amended, contains customary affirmative and negative covenants limiting the Company’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to, among other things, dispose of assets, undergo a change in control, merge or consolidate, make acquisitions, incur debt, incur liens, pay dividends, repurchase stock and make investments, in each case subject to certain exceptions. The Company must also comply with a minimum adjusted quick ratio financial covenant which is the ratio of its unrestricted cash and net billed accounts receivable to its current liabilities minus the current portion of deferred revenue.

The Loan and Security Agreement also contains customary events of default including, among others, payment defaults, breaches of covenants, investor abandonment, bankruptcy and insolvency events, cross defaults with certain material indebtedness, judgment defaults, and breaches of representations and warranties. Upon an event of default, SVB may declare all or a portion of the Company’s outstanding obligations payable to be immediately due and payable and exercise other rights and remedies provided for under the agreement. During the existence of an event of default, interest on the obligations could be increased by 5.0%.

As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 the Company was in compliance with all covenants.

The estimated principal payments of the term loan are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31:
2014	$	1,604
2015	1,666
2016	1,730
	$	5,000

XML

Balance Sheet Components

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Balance Sheet Components

Balance Sheet Components

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consisted of the following (in thousands):

	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Cash	$	19,057	$	15,677
Money market funds	13,452		4,544
Total cash and cash equivalents	$	32,509	$	20,221

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The table below presents the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the year ended December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31, 2013
Opening balance	$	—
Provision for doubtful accounts	643
Write offs	(496		)
Closing balance	$	147

Prior to the year ended December 31, 2013 the Company had recorded no allowance for doubtful accounts or write-offs.

Lease Receivables

A summary of the Company’s lease receivables is presented as follows (in thousands):

	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Net minimum lease payments to be received	$	639	$	—
Less unearned interest income portion	35		—
Total lease receivable	604		—
Less short-term lease receivable	201		—
Long-term lease receivable	$	403	$	—

Approximately $0.2 million of the gross lease receivables were scheduled to mature in each of 2014, 2015 and 2016.

Actual cash collections may differ from the contractual maturities due to early customer buyouts, refinancing, or defaults.

In the three months ended December 31, 2013 the Company sold $9.2 million of its lease receivables to a third party financing organization at par value for total cash proceeds of $9.2 million. Pursuant to these sales, the Company retained no substantial risk of default by the lessee nor provided any guarantee of residual value of the underlying leased equipment, except for standard product warranty which is provided in the normal course of business. Consequently, the Company has met the requirements for derecognition of the related lease receivables.    

Inventory

Inventories consisted of finished goods purchased from the contract manufacturer and are stated at the lower of cost (on a first-in, first-out basis) or market value. Inventory consisted of the following (in thousands):

	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Raw materials	$	748	$	557
Finished goods	19,998		13,492
Total Inventory	$	20,746	$	14,049

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded a $1.0 million write-down for slow moving inventory. This write-down was included as a component of cost of revenue in the year ended December 31, 2013.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Lab equipment and tooling	$	14,743		$	8,991
Software	667			567
Leasehold improvements	1,595			876
Furniture and fixtures	974			413
Computer equipment	979			719
Property and equipment, gross	18,958			11,566
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	(7,803		)	(5,081		)
Property and equipment, net	$	11,155		$	6,485

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment was $2.7 million, $1.8 million and $1.4 million.

Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Inventory-in-transit	$	344	$	323
Warranty reserve (1)	1,374		1,266
Professional fees	862		921
Sales and use taxes	497		627
Other	709		499
Total accrued liabilities	$	3,786	$	3,636

(1) Activity related to warranties is as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Beginning balance	$	1,266		$	783		$	363
Charge to cost of sales	1,553			1,106			963
Costs incurred	(1,445		)	(623		)	(543		)
Closing balance	$	1,374		$	1,266		$	783

Sales Returns Reserve

The table below presents the changes in the sales returns reserve for the year ended December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31, 2013
Opening balance	$	—
Provision for sales returns	910
Sales returns	(712		)
Closing balance	$	198

Prior to the year ended December 31, 2013 the Company had recorded no sales returns reserve or sales returns.

XML

Fair Value Disclosure (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Fair Value Measurement on Company's Assets and Liabilities

The following tables set forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the Company’s assets and liabilities at fair value as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Assets:
Cash Equivalents:
Money Market Funds	$	13,452	$	—	$	—	$	13,452
Marketable Securities:
Commercial paper	$	—	$	19,687	$	—	$	19,687
Corporate bonds	—		4,857		—		4,857
Municipal bonds	—		1,026		—		1,026
U.S. government-sponsored agency securities	—		2,031		—		2,031
U.S. treasury securities	4,038		—		—		4,038
Total marketable securities	$	4,038	$	27,601	$	—	$	31,639

Fair Value Measurements, Recurring and Nonrecurring

The following tables set forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the Company’s assets and liabilities at fair value as of December 31, 2012 (in thousands):

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Assets:
Cash Equivalents:
Money Market Funds	$	4,544	$	—	$	—	$	4,544
Liabilities:
Preferred stock warrants	$	—	$	—	$	6,254	$	6,254

Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring Basis [Table Text Block]

The following table shows the Company’s available-for-sale securities amortized cost, gross unrealized gains, gross unrealized losses and fair value as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value
Marketable securities:
Commercial paper	$	19,683	$	5	$	1	$	19,687
Corporate bonds	4,854		4		1		$	4,857
Municipal bonds	1,027		—		1		$	1,026
U.S. government-sponsored agency securities	2,029		2		—		$	2,031
U.S. treasury securities	4,030		8		—		4,038
Total marketable securities	$	31,623	$	19	$	3	$	31,639

XML

Concentration

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Risks and Uncertainties [Abstract]

Concentration

Concentration

Customers with a receivables balance of 10% or greater of the total receivables, which includes accounts receivable and lease receivables, and customers with revenue of 10% or greater of the total revenue are as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,						As of December 31,
	2013		2012		2011		2013	2012
	Percentage of Revenue						Percentage of Receivables
Windstream	39	%	45	%	37	%	*	22	%
Telephone and Data Systems, Inc. (TDS)	11	%	*		*		*	*

*Represents less than 10%

XML

Common Stock

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Equity [Abstract]

Common Stock

Common Stock

Initial Public Offering

In May 2013, the Company completed its initial public offering of its common stock to the public whereby 8,899,022 shares of common stock were sold by the Company, including 899,022 shares of common stock issued upon the partial exercise of the overallotment option granted to the underwriters. The public offering price of the shares sold in the offering was $11.00 per share.

The total gross proceeds from the offering to the Company were $97.9 million. After deducting underwriters’ discounts and commissions and offering expenses, the aggregate net proceeds received by the Company totaled approximately $87.2 million. Immediately prior to the closing of the IPO, all shares of the Company’s outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock automatically converted into 33,897,005 shares of common stock. As of December 31, 2013 the Company had 46,536,436 shares of common stock issued and outstanding.

Change in Authorized Stock

In March 2013, the Company’s board of directors and stockholders approved an amended and restated certificate of incorporation that became effective in connection with the completion of the IPO. Upon completion of the IPO, the authorized common stock was 1,000,000,000 shares and authorized undesignated preferred stock was 20,000,000 shares.

Employee Stock Options

In March 2013, the Company’s board of directors and stockholders approved the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. A total of 3,600,000 shares of common stock were initially reserved for future issuance under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan plus any shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2006 Stock Plan at the time of completion of the initial public offering and any shares of common stock which are forfeited, canceled or terminated (other than by exercise) under the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan, up to an aggregate of 11,400,000 shares rolled over from the 2006 Stock Plan.

On January 1, 2014, an additional 2,094,194 shares of common stock were reserved for future issuance under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan in accordance with the annual increase provision of the plan.

Generally, stock options are granted with terms of up to 10 years and vest over a period of four years.

A summary of the activity and changes during the year ended December 31, 2013 and a summary of information related to options exercisable and vested and expected to vest are presented below:

	Shares Available for Grant		Number of Shares Outstanding		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2012	1,242,353		10,212,760		$	2.49	8.40	59,456
Options reserved	4,600,000		—		—
Options granted	(3,694,163	)	3,694,163		$	9.25
Options exercised	—		(289,479	)	$	1.42
Options forfeited	659,502		(659,502	)	$	3.12
Balance at December 31, 2013	2,807,692		12,957,942		$	4.33	7.78	27,629
Options vested and expected to vest - December 31, 2013			11,570,270		$	4.14	7.69	$	25,480
Options exercisable - December 31, 2013			5,395,697		$	2.17	6.68	$	17,519

The fair value of options granted to employees during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was approximately $18.4 million, $13.3 million and $2.0 million. The Company determined the fair value of each option grant on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using the following factors:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013	2012		2011
Expected term (years)	6.08	6.08		6.08
Volatility	46-55%	55	%	55-56.7%
Risk-free interest rate	0.70-1.75%	0.62-1.02%		0.97-2.25%
Dividend yield	—	—		—

The following table summarizes the allocation of stock-based compensation in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

	Year ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Cost of revenue	$	160	$	57	$	73
Research and development	2,348		745		338
Sales and marketing	2,165		656		229
General and administrative	2,576		639		125
Total stock-based compensation	$	7,249	$	2,097	$	765

The weighted-average fair value per share of options granted was $4.99, $2.15 and $1.28 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.  The intrinsic value of employee options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $1.5 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million. At December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 the total unamortized stock-based compensation expense of approximately $25.7 million, $11.7 million and $2.2 million, is to be recognized over the stock options’ remaining vesting term of approximately 2.77 years, 3.22 years and 3.26 years.

XML

Income Taxes - Income before Income Tax, Domestic and Foreign (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
United States	$ (39,068)	$ (16,725)	$ (15,939)
Foreign	(1,521)	164	68
Loss before provision for income taxes	$ (40,589)	$ (16,561)	$ (15,871)

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments and Contingencies

Facility Lease

In April 2007, the Company entered into a six-year lease for office premises in Petaluma, California. This agreement has scheduled expiration dates of May 2015 and October 2018, providing the Company a total of 22,780 square feet.

In July 2013, the Company entered into a lease for additional space in Petaluma, California. The July 2013 lease has a ten year term, is estimated to commence on or about July 1, 2014 and provides for the lease by the Company of 20,005 square feet, going to 38,778 square feet in 2015. Base rent is initially set at $46,012 per month and increases to $91,904 per month when the additional space is occupied. Total base rent payable over the 10 year lease period is $11.5 million. The Company has an option to extend the term of the lease for an additional five year period.

In relation to these lease agreements, an executive officer, who is also a member of the Company’s board of directors, owns approximately 40% of the limited liability company from which the Company is leasing the office premises. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 no amounts were included in accounts payable or accrued expenses under these agreements.

As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 total deferred rent was $0.6 million and $0.3 million. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 rent expense was $0.8 million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million.

Future minimum annual obligations under non-cancellable lease agreements as of December 31, 2013 are approximately as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31:
2014	$	1,237
2015	1,293
2016	1,199
2017	1,330
2018	1,331
Thereafter	7,189
Total	$	13,579

Contingencies

The Company is not party to any legal proceedings the outcome of which, it believes, if determined adversely to it, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the Company's future business, consolidated results of operations, cash flows or financial position. From time to time, the Company may be involved in various legal proceedings arising from the normal course of our business activities. On July 24, 2013 the Company settled the previously disclosed litigation involving a former employee. The settlement cost was recorded as a charge in the quarter ended June 30, 2013 and was not material to the Company's results of operations.

Guarantees

The Company from time to time enters into certain types of contracts that contingently require it to indemnify various parties against claims from third parties. These contracts primarily relate to (i) certain real estate leases, under which the Company may be required to indemnify property owners for environmental and other liabilities, and other claims arising from the Company’s use of the applicable premises; (ii) certain agreements with the Company’s officers, directors, and employees, under which the Company may be required to indemnify such persons for liabilities arising out of their relationship with the Company; (iii) contracts under which the Company may be required to indemnify customers against third-party claims that a Company product infringes a patent, copyright, or other intellectual property right; and (iv) procurement or license agreements, under which the Company may be required to indemnify licensors or vendors for certain claims that may be brought against them arising from the Company’s acts or omissions with respect to the supplied products or technology.

Generally, a maximum obligation under these contracts is not explicitly stated. Because the obligated amounts associated with these types of agreements are not explicitly stated, the overall maximum amount of the obligation cannot be reasonably estimated. Historically, the Company has not been required to make payments under these obligations, and no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

Contract Manufacturer

As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 the Company has commitments to its contract manufacturer of $7.9 million and $7.1 million. These commitments include raw materials, work in progress and scheduled future orders. Should the Company be required to pay under this guarantee, the Company has the right to obtain and liquidate the related inventory to recover amounts paid under the guarantee.

XML

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Equity [Abstract]

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants

Upon the closing of the IPO in May 2013, all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock were converted into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis.

Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

On various dates throughout 2007, 2008 and 2009, the Company issued warrants to purchase 12,806 shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock and 102,195 shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock at exercise prices of $1.30 and $2.45 per share. These warrants were exercisable on various dates throughout 2013, 2014 and 2015.

Upon closing of the IPO, warrants to purchase 894,596 shares of convertible preferred stock were net exercised resulting in the issuance of 792,361 shares of common stock. Warrants to purchase 115,001 shares of convertible preferred stock were converted into warrants to purchase common stock at the original exercise price per share. In November 2013, the remaining warrants to purchase common stock were net exercised resulting in the issuance of 83,349 shares of common stock.

Prior to the closing of the IPO, the Company re-measured the fair value of the preferred stock warrants at each balance sheet date. The fair value of the outstanding warrant was classified within current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets, and any changes in fair value were recognized as a component of other income (expenses), net in the consolidated statements of operations.

Upon the closing of the IPO, the preferred stock warrant liability was reclassified from current liabilities to stockholders’ equity and the Company will no longer record any mark-to-market changes in the fair value of the remaining outstanding common stock warrants. The Company performed the final re-measurement of the warrant in connection with the completion of the IPO in May 2013.

The fair value of the outstanding preferred stock warrants was determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. The fair value of the preferred stock warrant was estimated using the following assumptions for the periods presented below:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Expected term (years)	0.48-3.24		0.80-3.49		1.89-4.49
Volatility	55	%	55	%	55	%
Risk-free interest rate	0.22-0.68%		0.25-0.36%		0.25-0.83%
Dividend yield	—		—		—

The change in the fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability during the periods presented is summarized below (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012		2011
Opening balance	$	6,254		$	900	$	1,213
Increase (decrease) in Fair Value	2,602			5,354		(313		)
Reclassification of warrant liability to additional paid-in capital	(8,856		)	—		—
Closing balance	$	—		$	6,254	$	900

XML

Net Loss Per Share

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Net Loss Per Share

Net Loss Per Share

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except per share data):

	Year ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Net loss	$	(40,732	)	$	(16,601	)	$	(15,885	)
Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share	30,836			2,515			2,396
Basic and diluted net loss per share	$	(1.32	)	$	(6.60	)	$	(6.63	)

The following securities were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders because their effect would have been anti-dilutive for the periods presented (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013	2012	2011
Redeemable convertible preferred stock	—	33,897	33,897
Employee stock options	12,958	10,213	4,446
Convertible preferred stock warrants	—	1,010	1,010
	12,958	45,120	39,353

XML

Income Taxes - Unrecognized Tax Benefits (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Reconciliation of Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Excluding Amounts Pertaining to Examined Tax Returns [Roll Forward]
Unrecognized tax benefits as of the beginning of the year	$ 1,444	$ 1,212	$ 899
Increase related to prior year tax provisions	202	0	0
Decrease related to prior year tax provisions	0	0	0
Increase related to current year tax provisions	4,980	232	313
Unrecognized tax benefits as of the end of the year	$ 6,626	$ 1,444	$ 1,212

XML

Concentration - Customers With 10% or Greater of Total Accounts Receivable and Net Revenue (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Percentage of Revenue [Member] | Windstream [Member]
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Concentration risk percentage	39.00%	45.00%	37.00%
Percentage of Revenue [Member] | Telephone and Data Systems, Inc. (TDS) [Member]
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Concentration risk percentage	11.00%
Percentage of Accounts Receivable [Member] | Windstream [Member]
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Concentration risk percentage		22.00%

XML

Income Taxes - Components of Deferred Tax Assets (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Deferred revenue	$ 2,417	$ 206
Depreciation and amortization	(1,326)	(241)
Accrued expenses and reserves	4,319	1,485
Loss carryforwards	27,687	29,149
Tax credit carryforwards	5,870	3,462
Contribution carryforwards	1	1
Deferred tax assets, gross	38,968	34,062
Valuation allowance	(38,937)	(34,062)
Net deferred tax assets	$ 31	$ 0

XML

Fair Value Disclosure - Additional Information (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013
Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]
Marketable securities maturing within one year	$ 22.9
Marketable securities maturing within two years	$ 8.7

XML

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants - Assumptions Used to Estimate Fair Value of Preferred Stock Warrant (Detail) (Common stock warrants [Member])	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Fair Value Measurements, Recurring and Nonrecurring, Valuation Techniques [Line Items]
Volatility	55.00%	55.00%	55.00%
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Minimum [Member]
Fair Value Measurements, Recurring and Nonrecurring, Valuation Techniques [Line Items]
Expected term (years)	5 months 23 days	9 months 18 days	1 year 10 months 21 days
Risk-free interest rate	0.22%	0.25%	0.25%
Maximum [Member]
Fair Value Measurements, Recurring and Nonrecurring, Valuation Techniques [Line Items]
Expected term (years)	3 years 2 months 27 days	3 years 5 months 27 days	4 years 5 months 27 days
Risk-free interest rate	0.68%	0.36%	0.83%

XML

Related Parties

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

Related Parties

Related Parties

In addition to the related party identified above, a venture capital firm that is a greater than 10% stockholder of the Company is a subsidiary of the financial institution that manages the Company's portfolio of marketable securities. The managing partner of this particular venture capital firm is also a member of the Company's board of directors.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Future Minimum Annual Obligations under Non-Cancellable Lease Agreements

Future minimum annual obligations under non-cancellable lease agreements as of December 31, 2013 are approximately as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31:
2014	$	1,237
2015	1,293
2016	1,199
2017	1,330
2018	1,331
Thereafter	7,189
Total	$	13,579

XML

Commitments and Contingencies - Future Minimum Annual Obligations under Non-Cancellable Lease Agreements (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013
Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]
2014	$ 1,237
2015	1,293
2016	1,199
2017	1,330
2018	1,331
Thereafter	7,189
Total	$ 13,579

XML

Balance Sheet Components - Schedule of Inventories (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]
Raw materials	$ 748	$ 557
Finished goods	19,998	13,492
Total Inventory	$ 20,746	$ 14,049

XML

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Statement of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Net loss	$ (40,732)	$ (16,601)	$ (15,885)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(83)	8	(27)
Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities, net of tax	16	0	0
Total other comprehensive income (loss)	(67)	8	(27)
Comprehensive loss	$ (40,799)	$ (16,593)	$ (15,912)

XML

Fair Value Disclosure

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Fair Value Disclosure

Fair Value Disclosure

Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value in the consolidated financial statements are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value. The Company categorizes its financial instruments into a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements).

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Hierarchical levels that are directly related to the amount of subjectivity associated with the inputs to the valuation of these assets or liabilities are as follows:

Level 1:    Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

Level 2:    Inputs (other than quoted market prices included in Level 1) are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability through correlation with market data at the measurement date and for the duration of the instrument’s anticipated life.

Level 3:    Inputs reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Consideration is given to the risk inherent in the valuation technique and the risk inherent in the inputs to the model.

Cash Equivalents

Where quoted prices are available in an active market, cash equivalents are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Cash equivalents classified in Level 1 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 include money market funds. The valuation of these instruments is determined using a market approach and is based upon unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets in active markets.

Marketable Securities

Marketable securities, which are classified as available for sale at December 31, 2013, are carried at fair value, with any unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Marketable securities consist of U.S treasury securities, U.S. government-sponsored agency securities, municipal bonds, corporate bonds and commercial paper.

The fair value of the Company's marketable securities is determined as the exit price in the principal market in which it would transact. Level 1 instruments are valued based on quoted market prices in active markets and include U.S treasury securities. Level 2 instruments are valued based on quoted prices in markets that are not active, broker or dealer quotations, or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency and include U.S. government-sponsored agency securities, municipal bonds, corporate bonds and commercial paper. Level 3 instruments are valued based on unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and reflect the Company's own assumptions in measuring fair value. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 the Company had no marketable securities classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

The Company's marketable securities have maturity dates up to two years from the date of purchase and active markets for these securities exist. As of December 31, 2013 based on contractual maturity, the Company had $22.9 million and $8.7 million of marketable securities maturing within one and two years. The Company classifies its available-for-sale marketable securities as short-term marketable securities in its consolidated balance sheet based on management's intention to have the funds available for use in operations or strategic investments rather than actual maturity dates.

Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

Previously, the Company estimated the fair value of preferred stock warrants at the respective balance sheet dates using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model based on the fair value of the underlying redeemable convertible preferred stock at the valuation measurement date, the remaining contractual term of the warrant, risk-free rates, expected dividends and the expected volatility of the price of the underlying redeemable convertible preferred stock. Because this model includes significant unobservable inputs, preferred stock warrant liabilities were classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

The company performed the final re-measurement of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability in connection with the completion of its IPO in May 2013 at which time the warrants remaining outstanding became exercisable for common stock, and reclassified the warrant liability from other current liabilities to additional paid-in capital.

Fair Value Hierarchy

The following tables set forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the Company’s assets and liabilities at fair value as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Assets:
Cash Equivalents:
Money Market Funds	$	13,452	$	—	$	—	$	13,452
Marketable Securities:
Commercial paper	$	—	$	19,687	$	—	$	19,687
Corporate bonds	—		4,857		—		4,857
Municipal bonds	—		1,026		—		1,026
U.S. government-sponsored agency securities	—		2,031		—		2,031
U.S. treasury securities	4,038		—		—		4,038
Total marketable securities	$	4,038	$	27,601	$	—	$	31,639

The following tables set forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the Company’s assets and liabilities at fair value as of December 31, 2012 (in thousands):

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Assets:
Cash Equivalents:
Money Market Funds	$	4,544	$	—	$	—	$	4,544
Liabilities:
Preferred stock warrants	$	—	$	—	$	6,254	$	6,254

There were no transfers of assets or liabilities measured at fair value between levels within the fair value hierarchy during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

The following table shows the Company’s available-for-sale securities amortized cost, gross unrealized gains, gross unrealized losses and fair value as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value
Marketable securities:
Commercial paper	$	19,683	$	5	$	1	$	19,687
Corporate bonds	4,854		4		1		$	4,857
Municipal bonds	1,027		—		1		$	1,026
U.S. government-sponsored agency securities	2,029		2		—		$	2,031
U.S. treasury securities	4,030		8		—		4,038
Total marketable securities	$	31,623	$	19	$	3	$	31,639

The Company regularly reviews its marketable securities portfolio to identify and evaluate instruments that have indications of possible impairment.

As of December 31, 2013 no marketable securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for more than twelve months. The gross unrealized loss was primarily due to changes in interest rates. The gross unrealized loss on all available-for-sale marketable securities as of December 31, 2013 was considered temporary in nature. Factors considered in determining whether a loss is temporary include, but are not limited to, the length of time and extent to which fair value has been less than the cost basis and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the investee.

The Company has evaluated its marketable securities portfolio as at December 31, 2013 and has determined that none of its marketable securities are impaired.

XML

Net Loss Per Share - Securities were excluded from Calculation of Diluted Net Loss Per Share (Detail) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Anti-dilutive securities were excluded from calculation of diluted net loss per share	12,958	45,120	39,353
Redeemable convertible preferred stock [Member]
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Anti-dilutive securities were excluded from calculation of diluted net loss per share	0	33,897	33,897
Employee stock options [Member]
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Anti-dilutive securities were excluded from calculation of diluted net loss per share	12,958	10,213	4,446
Convertible preferred stock warrants [Member]
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Anti-dilutive securities were excluded from calculation of diluted net loss per share	0	1,010	1,010

XML

Segment Information - Property and Equipment (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Property and equipment, net	$ 11,155	$ 6,485
United States [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Property and equipment, net	10,977	6,485
Other [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Property and equipment, net	$ 178	$ 0

XML

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Equity [Abstract]

Assumptions Used to Estimate Fair Value of Preferred Stock Warrant

The fair value of the outstanding preferred stock warrants was determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. The fair value of the preferred stock warrant was estimated using the following assumptions for the periods presented below:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Expected term (years)	0.48-3.24		0.80-3.49		1.89-4.49
Volatility	55	%	55	%	55	%
Risk-free interest rate	0.22-0.68%		0.25-0.36%		0.25-0.83%
Dividend yield	—		—		—

Change in the Fair Value of the Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

The change in the fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability during the periods presented is summarized below (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012		2011
Opening balance	$	6,254		$	900	$	1,213
Increase (decrease) in Fair Value	2,602			5,354		(313		)
Reclassification of warrant liability to additional paid-in capital	(8,856		)	—		—
Closing balance	$	—		$	6,254	$	900

XML

Balance Sheet Components - Schedule of Cash and Cash Equivalents (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]
Cash	$ 19,057	$ 15,677
Money market funds	13,452	4,544
Total cash and cash equivalents	$ 32,509	$ 20,221	$ 25,740	$ 34,074

XML

Segment Information

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Segment Information

Segment Information

The Company considers operating segments to be components of the Company in which separate financial information is available and is evaluated regularly by the Company’s chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The chief operating decision maker for the Company is the Chief Executive Officer.

The Company’s material operating segments, which are geographic based, qualify for aggregation due to their customer base and similarities in economic characteristics, nature of products and services, and processes for procurement, manufacturing and distribution. Consequently, the Company has one reportable business segment.

Revenue information by location is presented below (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
United States	$	106,341	$	91,078	$	40,017
Other	10,241		4,794		404
Total revenue	$	116,582	$	95,872	$	40,421

Property and equipment, net by location is presented below (in thousands):

	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
United States	$	10,977	$	6,485
Other	178		—
Total property and equipment, net	$	11,155	$	6,485